Daktronics Response 8 2019 PDF

Table of Contents
Daktronics_Inc_Table_of_Contents 1
Daktronics_Inc_Additional_Information 2
Daktronics_Inc_Form_A 37
Daktronics_Inc_Form_B 38
Daktronics_Inc_Form_C 39
Daktronics_Inc_Form_D 56
Daktronics_Inc_Form_E 168
Daktronics_Inc_Form_F.1 169
Daktronics_Inc_Form_F.2 183
Daktronics_Inc_New_Jersey_-_State_Forms 184
AEPA IFB #016–I
IN TER IO R A N D EXTERIOR L E D S C O R E B O A R D S , M ARQUEE, EQUIPM ENT &
INSTALLATION
Bid Proposal Table of Contents
Daktronics, Inc.
Bidder _______________________________________________________________________
Tom Coughlin
Name of Authorized Representative ______________________________________________
201 Daktronics Drive, Brookings, SD 57006
Office Address ________________________________________________________________
Time Zone: ! Eastern X Central
! ! Mountain ! Pacific
605-692-0200
Telephone_____________________________________ 605-697-4746
Fax __________________________
Tom.Coughlin@daktronics.com
Email______________________________ www.daktronics.com
Website _________________________________
Instructions: Please complete the table below with the information for the documents included in this bid
proposal. The bidder is reminded that two identical copies of this material on electronic media, either two (2)
CDs or two (2) flash drives, are required.
Document Title on CD Format (i.e., Word,
Form Folder Notes
or Flashdrive PDF, Excel)
Table of Contents A Daktronics Inc Table of Contents PDF
FORM A Signature and
A Daktronics Inc Form A PDF and hard copy
Bid Affidavit notarization required.
FORM B Signature required.
A PDF and hard copy
Acceptance of Bid & Daktronics Inc Form B
Contract Award
FORM C A PDF Signature required
Questionnaire Daktronics Inc Form C
FORM D Signature required
A Daktronics Inc Form D PDF
Company Info
Letter of Line of
Credit or Annual A Included in Daktronics Inc Form D, PDF
Report per Part A, Page 7
FORM E A PDF Signature required
Exceptions Daktronics Inc Form E
FORM F.1 A PDF Signature required
Compliance
Daktronics Inc Form F.1
FORM F.2 A PDF Signature required
Deviation Daktronics Inc Form F.2
State Specific Daktronics Inc Bid Security - KCDA
Required Forms (See A Daktronics Inc MI Iran Sanctions... PDF
Part A) Daktronics Inc New Jersey State Forms
FORM G Signature required
Discount & Pricing B PDF
Daktronics Inc Form G
Schedules
Excel Workbook-
FORM G Discount B Daktronics Inc Form G (Excel) Excel
& Pricing Schedules
G.5 Warranties,
B N/A PDF
Additional Services
G.6 Additional B PDF
Discounts (Optional) N/A
Catalogs/price lists B Daktronics Inc Product Catalog PDF
Daktronics Inc Pricelist
AEPA IFB #016-I Scoreboards Marquees Signage Page 2 of 27 Due Date: OCTOBER 7, 2015, 1:30 pm EDT
Part C: Bid Forms
AEPA Additional Information – Daktronics, Inc.
Additional Information Requested in Part A, Terms and Conditions:
 Per Part A, Terms and Conditions, page 18, we are asked to submit copies of
licenses, registrations and/or other documentation to substantiate that we hold the
appropriate licenses/registration required by individual jurisdictions covered by this
solicitation. Please see copies of our licenses attached below.
 Per Part A, Terms and Conditions, page 86, we are asked to state whether or not we
are a resident bidder in the state of Oregon. Daktronics is a resident bidder in the
state of Oregon.
 Per Part A, Terms and Conditions, page 99, we are asked to state whether or not we
are a Minority and Women Business Enterprise. Daktronics is not an MWBE.
 Per Part A. Terms and Conditions, page 95, we are to submit a Public Works
Employment Verification Form for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Attached is
a sample of this document. The actual document will include project-specific
information and will be completed at the time of project.
Additional Information Requested in Part B, Scoreboards & Marquee Signage:
 Per Page 3, item 5.5, ‘vendors must maintain a reasonable stock in inventory for
prompt delivery to the buying member.’ Most Daktronics products are made to
order, and manufacturing lead times can vary based on product and current
demand. Ship dates are determined and provided to the customer at order time.
We do offer a stock program of scoreboard models that can be shipped
immediately for customers needing product quickly. Please see our In-the-Box
Scoreboard & Timing Products Stocking Program flier attached.
 Per Page 12, item 8, Required Categorical Response:
a. Since 1968, Daktronics has been reinventing the way you display. We are the
world's industry leader in designing and manufacturing electronic scoreboards,
programmable display systems and large screen video displays. It's our passion to
continuously provide the highest quality standard display products as well as
custom-designed and integrated systems.
Every day, our spirit is reflected in the products we build and in the way we interact
with our customers. We believe that technological innovation isn't just judged by the
electronic signs we build today, but by what we'll build tomorrow.
Here are just a few reasons businesses continue to choose our people, products and
services:
 Financially stable - Publicly traded under the symbol DAKT

 More than 40 years of experience - 75,000 displays installed worldwide
 One of America's Most Trustworthy Companies - Daktronics made the Forbes list
in 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015
 World leader in LED signage systems - We hold more market share than any
competitor
 $25 million in R&D investments in 2010 - 4% of sales each year
 Product Reliability Lab - Located at our headquarters and dedicated to
rigorously testing our products
 720,560 square feet - Manufacturing facilities in South Dakota and Minnesota
 Large network - Trained technical service specialists ready to support you
 Sign Code Department - Support to improve the regulatory environment
 Creative Services - Professional display advertising and consultation at your
fingertips
 Help Desk - Troubleshooting over the phone; control software training
No other manufacturer offers such a complete line of electronic scoreboards and

numeric digit displays for sports, commercial and transportation applications
available in nearly any size and configuration. Please see the attachments below
for additional information about our markets and product lines.
Daktronics utilizes subcontractors in many geographic areas for installation services.
b. References
Cypress College
Scope of work: Supply Daktronics GP4 110x308-16-RGB-2V without Venus 1500
software but customized with a Daktronics VIP-5160 processor so the customer could
communicate with the GP4 unit using their own third party software.
Manufacturer’s product: GP4 110x308-16-RGB-2V without Venus 1500 software but
customized with a Daktronics VIP-5160 processor.
Total Cost: $122,500
Institution Information:
Cypress Community College
9200 Valley View St.
Cypress, Ca 90630
Contact Person: Albert Miranda – 714.484.7394
Timeline of project: October 2014-January 2015
Brief narrative of the pre-sale and follow-up: Architect and School wanted to
upgrade the existing "small" 20mm Daktronics AF-3550 Full Color Display with a much
larger full color display with a much better resolution that could be accessed and
content downloaded with a 3rd Party Software that the School was purchasing to
communicate through their School Networking System. I worked with Chris
Westerman at Daktronics to provide this equipment to meet the Schools’
needs. The product was installed by the Owner's Contractor and commissioned by
a Daktronics Technician after installation.
Bedford High School
Scope of work: Replace an existing scoreboard
Manufacturer’s product: DVX-1101-15HD-HC-288x504-120-BR-MT-MR-CNTLRM-None
with Installation
Bedford City School District
475 Northfield Rd
Bedford, OH 44146
440-786-9419
Contact Person: Jerry Zgrabik, CFO – 404.439.4333
Timeline of project: Project is currently complete except for trim around the board, it
is fully operational.
Brief narrative of the pre-sale and follow-up: After several meetings and two
presentations to the school board and audience, it was decided Daktronics was the
best choice for the display and to go through AEPA. This was a very successful
project and a great community to work with.
Town of Cary
Scope of Work: Video display and sound system for a soccer park for the city
stadium
Manufacturer’s product: DVX-503-15HD-HC-432x768-120BU-MT-MR-CNTLRM-None,
SS2000 HD with Installation, Truss and Ad panels
201 Soccer Park Drive
Cary, NC 27511
Contact Person: Keith Jenkins – 919.270.9182
Timeline of project: June 2013 – October 2013
Brief narrative of the pre-sale and follow-up: The town had known for years that they
wanted to purchase a video board and once they were able to get it approved in
the budget, they decided a coop was the best way to go. Daktronics was able to
take them to different sites to show other video boards and sound systems and walk
hand in hand on the project with the town. Daktronics was decided to be the best
provider and Daktronics worked closely every step of the way to make sure they
kept to their timeline and all expectations were met. Installation went well and on
site one on one training with the group was done. They were very happy with the
outcome of the project and are enjoying their video board.
Smith-Cotton High School

Scope of work: Providing a Football Scoreboard to a brand new school
Manufacturer’s product: FB-2021-A-PV-120-F, DVX-1101-20MT-HC-126x216,
SportSound SS1500HD, DOG Clocks TI-2003-A-PV-120 and Filler Panels
Smith-Cotton High School
2010 Tiger Pride BLVD
Sedalia, MO 65301
Contact Person: Harriet Wolfe – Superintendent/Campus Restoration - 660.829.6455
Time line of project: February 2013 – February 2015
Brief narrative of the pre-sale and follow-up: Daktronics had the opportunity to do a
video and sound demo on site for the booster club and school board once the
facility was known to be opening. They decided to go with Daktronics and the
installation went really well. After install, webinars with Daktronics were done to work
on installation for content.
Westfield High School

Scope of work: Stadium for baseball and softball fields
Manufacturer’s product: FB-2024, AF-3550-80x160-20-RGB-SF, BA-2125 & BA-2026
Westfield High School
4700 Stonecroft Blvd
Chantilly, VA 20151
Contact Person: Michelle Pratt – County Purchaser Paul Scott – 571.423.3571
Time line of project: October 2014 – December 2014
Brief narrative of the pre-sale and follow-up: Fairfax is a Daktronics only county and
have a contract that Westfield High School went through. This county has done
thousands of dollars of business over the past year through Daktronics and have
been very pleased with the results. Everything is up and running with this project and
have been using it for the past season and been very happy with it.
Part A, Page 18, Licenses
Permit Number 30651300 is Valid

Owner Name: DAKTRONICS INC.
Business Name:
Address: 331 32ND AVE
BROOKINGS
SD
Start Date: 06/01/1975
Seller's permit verification is available to help you determine if a seller's permit account number
included on your customer's resale certificate is currently valid. As a seller, you are responsible for
ensuring the resale certificate is properly completed. Please refer to Regulation 1668, Resale
Certificates.
Legal Name Registration Number License Type/Number(s) Registration Date Expiration Date
DAKTRONICS, INC. 1000001564 CSLB:801759 06/30/2016
DAKTRONICS, INC. 1000001564 CSLB:801759 06/16/2015 06/30/2016

Colorado Tax ID: 08041538-004-USR and we are a monthly taxpayer. Certificates will be made on a
project by project basis.
Sam Brownback, Governor

Nick Jordan, Secretary
www.ksrevenue.org
<TAXPAYER _N
Daktronics, AME>
Inc.
<DBA_NAME>
ISSUE DATE
<I SSUE_DT>
08/14/2013
TRANSACTION ID CONFIRMATION NUMBER

<TRANS_ID>
TVA3-726H-ADUV <CONFIRM_NUM>
CU54-99SS-ADEP
TAX CLEARANCE VALID THROUGH <EXPIRE_DT>

11/12/2013
Verification of this certificate can be obtained on our website, www.ksrevenue.org,
or by calling the Kansas Department of Revenue at <Contact_Num>
785-296-3199
Commonwealth of Kentucky
Elaine N. Walker, Secretary of State
Elaine N. Walker
Secretary of State
P. O. Box 718
Frankfort, KY 40602-0718
Certificate of Authorization
(502) 564-3490
http://www.sos.ky.gov
Authentication number: 115267

Visit https://app.sos.ky.gov/ftshow/certvalidate.aspx to authenticate this certificate.
I, Elaine N. Walker, Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, do

hereby certify that according to the records in the Office of the Secretary of State,
DAKTRONICS, INC.
, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of South Dakota, is authorized to
transact business in the Commonwealth of Kentucky, and received the authority to
transact business in Kentucky on July 14, 2004.
I further certify that all fees and penalties owed to the Secretary of State have been
paid; that an application for certificate of withdrawal has not been filed; and that the
most recent annual report required by KRS 14A.6-010 has been delivered to the
Secretary of State.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal
th th
at Frankfort, Kentucky, this 30 day of June, 2011, in the 220 year of the
Commonwealth.
Elaine N. Walker
Secretary of State
Commonwealth of Kentucky
115267/0590356
AEPA Part A, page 95, Sample of Public Works Employment Verification Form Requirement
This is a sample form. The actual form will include project information and completed at time of project.
AEPA Part B, Page 3, Item 5.5
daktronics
DAKTRONICS
BALL STRIKE OUT

GUEST HOME HOME GUEST
PERIOD
INNING
BA-2518-R
BB-2101-PV
IN-THE-BOX SCOREBOARD &

TIMING PRODUCTS STOCKING PROGRAM
In-The-Box scoreboards and products are kept in stock and shipped as they are ordered, providing a solution to those customers
daktronics
presenting a need for very short turnaround times. If the product is not in stock there is a minimum lead time of two weeks and
one day from the time the order is placed to its shipment, based on availability. The product may be shipped earlier if it is
inventory. Products considered In-The-Box are limited to the lists below and are painted semi-gloss black with white striping and
captions. Ad panels and logo/sponsor panels ordered with In-The-Box scoreboards will be shipped separately and lead times
will be based on the manufacturing lead times.
HOME PERIOD GUEST
(2 weeks + 1 day minimum lead time)
BB-2101-PV BB-2122-13 (Stripe not included) GOAL LIGHTS (PRO)
BB-2103-PV WR-2103-13 GOAL LIGHTS (VARSITY)
BB-2114-13 TI-2031
B
42" LIGHT STRIPS
B
BB-2115-13 48" LIGHT STRIPS
(2 weeks + 1 day minimum lead time)

BA-2515-R TI-2003-R CAPT. OPT. VB, MS-2013
BA-2518-R TI-2003-A CAPT. OPT. BA, MS-2013
BA-2618-R TI-2025-R COVER OPTION, MS-2013
MS-2013-11 W/RC-100 TI-2026-R
(Due to current demand and capacity, contact master scheduler for lead time)
T-7060 FT-7240 PC-2001-21 (OUTDOOR)
daktronics
T-7078 DOMESTIC TP CART PC-2001-13 (INDOOR)
HOME PERIOD GUEST

B B
WWW.DAKTRONICS.COM E-MAIL: SALES@DAKTRONICS.COM

201 Daktronics Drive, PO Box 5128, Brookings, SD 57006
Phone: 1-800-325-8766 or 605-692-0200 Fax: 605-697-4746
SL-08460 062315 Page 1 of 1 Copyright © 2013-2015 Daktronics, Inc.
AEPA Part B, Page 12, Item 8a
COMMERCIAL
BILLBOARD ADVERTISING
Revolutionizing the electronics signage industry,
Daktronics billboard customers schedule multiple clients
per day and sell more advertising space to one location.
NATIONAL ACCOUNTS
Daktronics LED displays maximize retailer locations,
offering a powerful and cost-effective advertising solution.
RESELLERS
Digital signage offers a powerful, cost-effective
advertising solution that moves customers to purchase.
LIVE EVENTS
INTERNATIONAL
Ninety thousand customers have chosen Daktronics
scoreboards and display systems to communicate
with millions of people in more than 100 countries
on six continents.
LARGE SPORT VENUE

Daktronics is the world’s leading designer and
manufacturer of large-screen electronic scoreboards
and display products.
MOBILE AND MODULAR

Daktronics clients use innovative portable video systems
for a variety of rental, staging and touring purposes.
SCHOOLS AND THEATRES

HIGH SCHOOL PARK AND RECREATION
A complete line of scoring and timing, sound and display
products are coupled with unmatched technical expertise,
installation supervision and local service.
THEATRE AND ARENA

Daktronics designs and manufactures automated rigging
solutions for theatrical, architectural and arena applications.
TRANSPORTATION
AVIATION
Daktronics displays give travellers useful directions,
advertisements and flight status information and
instantly improve customer service and boost revenue.
INTELLIGENT MESSAGE SYSTEMS

ITS Dynamic Message Signs keep traffic moving with
toll rates, travel times and road status information.
MASS TRANSIT AND PARKING

Easily integrated, vandal-resistant LED displays inform
passengers for facility entrances and exits, interiors
and space counting.
CONTACT US: www.daktronics.com 1.800.DAKTRONICS

DD2083258
AEPA Part B, Page 12, Item 8a
AUDIO SYSTEMS
High-quality audio systems seamlessly integrate
with dynamic scoring and video displays in
indoor and outdoor sport facilities.
BILLBOARD ADVERTISING
Revolutionizing the electronics signage industry,
Daktronics billboards are the respected choice
among outdoor advertising companies.
CREATIVE SERVICES
Daktronics Creative Services provides customers
with animation solutions for commercial displays,
sports venues and content in HD video and more.
MESSAGE DISPLAYS
LED electronic message centers give the most flexible
solution available for a dynamic advertising medium
or a source of community information, whether it’s for
your local elementary school or Interstate traffic.
SCORING AND TIMING SYSTEMS

From major international sports competitions to your
community little league game, Daktronics scoring and
timing systems communicate with millions of people in
more than 100 countries on six continents around the world.
STATISTICS SOFTWARE
Designed to complement scoreboards and take your oringsc
system to a new level, DakStats sports software is the ultimate
tool for managing game, season and career statistics.
VIDEO DISPLAYS
As a pioneer in the video display industry, Daktronics
is the world’s leading designer and manufactur
er of
large-screen, customizable, reliable display solutions.
CONTACT US: www.daktronics.com 1.800.DAKTRONICS

DD2082789
AEPA FORM C: SERVICE QUESTIONNAIRE FOR BIDDER
AEPA IFB #016 – I
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR L ED SC O R E B O A R D S, M ARQUEE, EQUIPM ENT & INSTALLATION
Daktronics, Inc.
NAME OF BIDDER _________________________________________________________________
Instructions: Please respond to Yes/No and choice questions by using an (X). If a text reply is required,
respond in the space below. Scan this form and any attachment pages into a single document and convert to a
PDF file. Follow the instructions for titling the file and file organization under Part A, Section II Bid
Procedures, F. Bid Submission, 2. Format of Bid Submittal.
Note: As part of evaluating the Bidder’s qualifications, the following is being requested and the Bidder is
forewarned failure to respond and/or meet the minimum specifications in these areas, may deem their response
as non-responsive.
1. The following chart indicates which AEPA Member States intend to participate in this bid category. Please
place an “X” in response to questions in the last three (3) columns. Note: A Bidder must be willing and able
to deliver the proposed products and/or services to ninety (90%) of the participating AEPA Member States.
Has your comp-‐ If awarded a Indicate which
any sold these contract, which states your
Participate
AEPA Member products/services states does company has
in this bid
States in these states for your company sales reps,
category?
the PAST THREE PROPOSE TO distributors or
YEARS? SELL IN? dealers in.
California Yes X X X
Colorado Yes X X X
Connecticut Yes X X X
Florida Yes X X X
Indiana Yes X X X
Iowa Yes X X X
Kansas Yes X X X
Kentucky Yes X X X
Massachusetts Yes X X X
Michigan Yes X X X
Minnesota Yes X X X
Missouri Yes X X X
Montana Yes X X X
Nebraska Yes X X X
New Jersey Yes X X X
New Mexico Yes X X X
North Dakota Yes X X X
Ohio Yes X X X
Oregon Yes X X X
Pennsylvania Yes X X X
Texas Yes X X X
Virginia Yes X X X
Washington No X X X
West Virginia Yes X X X
Wisconsin Yes X X X
Wyoming Yes X X X
Part C: Bid Forms
2. e-commerce: Does this company have an e-commerce website? X
_______ YES _______ NO
www.daktronics.com
If YES, what is the website? ________________________________________________________
3. Customer and Support Service: It is understood depending on the type, kind and level of products and/or
services being proposed in response to this bid will impact and determine the type and level of services
required and these are identified in Part B Bid Specifications of this IFB.
a. Does this company have online customer support option? X
_______ YES _______ NO
X
b. Does this company have a toll-free customer support phone option? _______ YES _______ NO
X
c. Does this company offer local customer and support service options? _______ YES _______ NO
d. Describe the type, level, available and location(s) of your customer and support service options,
including number of dedicated customer/support staff and hours of operation.
Please see Form C Supplement attached.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
4. Training: If applicable, does this company offer customer training for the products and services sold?
X
_______ YES _______ NO
If YES, describe what types/kinds of training you offer, the venues where training occurs and the
location(s) of your trainers, include number of staff dedicated to training and their qualifications and hours
of operation.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. Pricing:
X
a. Is your pricing methodology guaranteed for the term of the contract? _______ YES _______ NO
b. Will you offer customized price lists to Participating Entities as required per the Pricing terms of Part A?
X YES _____ NO
_____
c. Will you offer hot list pricing (optional) as described in the Pricing terms of Part A?
_____ YES _____ X NO
d.Will you offer Volume Price Discounts as described in the Pricing terms of Part A?
_____ YES _____ X NO
6. Competitiveness: In order for your bid to be considered, your company must offer AEPA prices that are
equal to or lower than what your company offers to individual customers and/or cooperatives with equal to
or lower volume. Is the pricing that is proposed to AEPA equal to or lower than pricing offered to
X
individual customers and/or cooperatives with equal to or lower volume? _______ YES _______ NO
Indicate which of the following apply and the level of competitive range you are offering in response to
this IFB.
_____Pricing
X offered to AEPA is EQUAL TO pricing offered to individual customer and/or cooperatives.
_____ Pricing is LESS THAN individual customer and/or cooperatives. Lower by _____ %
7. Cooperative Contracts: Does your company currently have contracts with other cooperatives (local,
X
regional, state, national)? _______ YES _______ NO
If YES, identify which cooperatives and the respective expiration date(s).
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Part C: Bid Forms
If YES and your company is awarded an AEPA Contract, which contract will you lead with in marketing
and sales representative presentations (sales calls)?
AEPA
____________________________________________________________________________________
8. Administrative Fee: Which of the following best reflects how your pricing includes the individual AEPA
Members’ administrative fee.
a. _____ The pricing for the products and/or services are the same for each AEPA Member Agency,
shipping, handling administrative fee and other specific state costs are added to arrive at total
price offered to the Individual AEPA Member Agency.
X
b. _____ The pricing for the products and/or services is inclusive of the administrative fee and therefore
the pricing is the same for all AEPA Member Agencies. Shipping, handling and other state
specific costs are added to adjusted the AEPA Member Agency’s price.
c. _____ The pricing for the products and/or services includes all (shipping, handling, administrative
fee, other) costs to arrive at a single price for all AEPA Member Agencies.
9. Shipping & Handling:

Orders that are $50.00 or more shall include free shipping and handling. What is the flat rate your
company will charge, regardless of where shipped in the continental United States, for orders less than
$50.00?
Not applicable, as all items exceed $50.
$ ___________
X
10. Product Returns: Does your company have a return policy?_______ YES _______ NO
If YES, describe your return policy and if you charge a restocking fee, what is it? (AEPA allows up to
15% for supplies and up to 25% for equipment). Please see Form C Supplement attached.
X
11. Payment Terms: Will you offer AEPA Buyer’s a quick pay discount? _______ YES _______ NO
If YES, what is the discount? ______% Net _______
X
12. Leasing: Do you offer leasing or other alternative payment arrangements under this bid?_______ YES
_______ NO Please see Leasing Information attached.
If YES, remember to indicate the rate factor and other cost factors on the Pricing spreadsheet(s).
13.If an AEPA contract is approved and awarded by the Member Agencies, as a Vendor Partner, I
agree to:
No. Responsibilities of an AEPA Vendor Partner Yes No
1 Designate and assign a dedicated senior-level contract manager (one

authorized to make decisions) to each of the Member Agency accounts. This X
employee will have a complete copy and must have working knowledge of the
contract.
2 Train and educate sales staff on what the AEPA cooperative contract is
including pricing, who can order from the contract (by state), terms/conditions X
of the contract and the respective ordering procedures for each state. It is
expected that Vendor Partners will lead with AEPA contracts.
3 Develop a marketing plan to support the AEPA contract in collaboration with
respective AEPA Member Agencies. Plan should include, but not be limited X
to, a website presence, electronic mailings, sales flyers, brochures, mailings,
catalogs, etc.
4 Create an AEPA-specific sell sheet with a space to add a Member Agency X
logo and contact information for use by the Member Agencies and the Vendor
Part C: Bid Forms
AEPA Form C Supplement - Daktronics, Inc.
Form C. Question 3.d.
Daktronics Customer Support includes many resources, located both at the Corporate
Office in Brookings, South Dakota as well as locally, out in the field. We currently are
able to provide onsite service and support to all 50 states. The HSPR Corporate Service
Group consists of seven full-time Service Coordinators, four Account Service Managers,
and one student support staff. These team members are supported by one Supervisor
and one Service Manager. The HSPR Service group has available phone coverage
from 8am-5pm CST, M-F. There is also technical phone support available for trouble-
shooting from 7am-7pm CST, M-F.
Form C. Question 4.
Twelve dedicated Daktronics trainers are located in Brookings, SD, with hours of
operation from 8:00am‐5:00pm CST, Monday‐Friday. Additionally, the Daktronics help
desk is available for trouble-shooting from 7:30am‐7:00pm CST, Monday‐Friday. All
trainers are qualified to train, operate and trouble‐shoot Daktronics software systems.
Training options offered include:
 Show Control System Web Seminar

o Sports applications
o Classroom (group) environment via the Web and phone that is interactive
and includes both hands on and presentation methods
 Show Control One on One Webinar Training
o One on One session via the Web and phone that is personalized to the
customer’s needs
 All Sport One-on-One Webinar
customer’s needs
 DakStats One-on-One Webinar
customer’s needs
 Standard Video with Show Control One-on-One Webinar Training
o One on one sessions via the Web and phone that is personalized to the
customer’s needs
 Standard Video with Show Control or Tricaster On-Site Training
o On-site in customer’s control room
 Venus 1500 Web Seminar Training
o Marquee applications
o Classroom (group) environment via the Web and phone that is interactive
and includes both hands on and presentation methods
 Venus 1500 One on One Webinar Training
customer’s needs
 Venus 1500 One Day Workshop
o Marquee applications; Users should have some prior software knowledge
o Offered on a quarterly basis at Daktronics Corporate Headquarters in
Brookings, South Dakota
 Venus 1500 On-Site Training
o On-site at customer’s location
 DVNMC One on One Webinar Training
o One on one session via the Web and phone that is personalized to the
customer’s needs
Form C. Question 7.
 Association of Educational Purchasing Cooperatives (2/28/2016)

 BuyBoard (3/31/16)
 Costars (4/13/2016)
 Kentucky Purchasing Cooperative (12/31/15)
 Mohave (7/7/16)
 Middlesex Regional Educational Services Commission (5/8/16)
 The Cooperative Purchasing Network (6/30/16)
 The Interlocal Purchasing System (11/20/2016)
 1 Government Procurement Alliance (4/16/16)
Form C. Question 10.
Most products are made to order and therefore not returnable. Select stock items in
original unopened packaging may be returned if agreed upon in writing. A restocking
fee of 15% plus freight and handling cost will be applied.
AEPA Form C Item 3
Customer Support
SAVE Time. Delivering
Call the service solutions as
team directly. quickly as possible
877-605-1115 Daktronics maintains the most
comprehensive network of service
Press 1 technicians in the scoring and
for a technician display industry. This means we have
to troubleshoot factory trained local technicians
across the country who are ready to
Press 2 assist you if you have a problem.
for customer service
to report an issue Other benefits of our service include:
›› Parts exchange
›› Technical support
›› Protection plans
›› Online resources
›› Remote assistance
›› Product tutorials
›› Training
Phone support
Daktronics also offers support

by telephone for immediate
service assistance. The number for
locations in the United States and
Canada is 1-800-325-8766.
daktronics.com 13
AEPA Form C Item 3
DAKTRONICS SUPPORT
Customer Service
Services Mission
The services team recognizes the needs and
expectations of the customer and works together to
deliver services that enhance customer satisfaction,
with focus on providing a value-added solution to
complement Daktronics dynamic audio-video display
solutions.
Available 7:30 a.m. to 7 p.m.

Technical Phone Support
1-877-605-1115
Each operator/technician has extensive experience

with Daktronics products, operation and trouble-
shooting. When you call in, our technical support has
access to a comprehensive customer data base with a
detailed record of your equipment and history. Since
many events are scheduled during the weekend,
technicians are on call from Friday evening
until Monday morning.
Event Support
We’ll support your system with qualified technical
personnel from our numerous field service offices,
backed up by support from the corporate technical
operations. Offering both on-site and remote event
support.
Operator Training
Give your production staff the foundation for a great
presentation. Training on the operation of different
control system components provides the foundation
for a well-run operations staff, and a high quality
presentation. Daktronics offers a variety of training
options to make sure your staff is well prepared to
put on a great show, and to keep your system running
at optimum levels.
Tiered Service Plans

In addition to our standard one-year warranty,
Daktronics offers extended service plans for additional
security with the sale of the equipment. As the plan
expires, choose a Daktronics renewable service
agreement to continue or expand your coverage.
201 Daktronics Drive, PO Box 5128, Brookings, SD 57006

Phone: 1-800-325-8766 or 605-697-4300 Fax: 605-697-4746
www.daktronics.com E-mail: sales@daktronics.com
AEPA Form C Item 12
DAKTRONICS
LEASING
SOLUTIONS
AEPA Form C Item 12
SPECIALIZED FINANCING FOR

ACQUIRE A $35,000 PIECE OF EQUIPMENT FOR
A MONTHLY PAYMENT AS LOW AS $657.00
PNC Equipment Finance offers leasing to municipalities and public and private Institutions. We work with you to develop a
payment structure that satisfies your budget and cash flow requirements. A creative financing solution can be achieved with
terms from 24 to 60 months with monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, annual or customized payment schedules. Benefits of using
tax-exempt leasing:
1. Provides maximum flexibility and streamlined approvals

2. Addresses appropriation issues
3. May be better than a bond offering
4. Operating budget solutions
Financing is available for transactions of $25,000 and above.
Match the timing of advertising revenues with the timing of costs, in the
form of a monthly payment. Payment solutions enable the equipment to pay
for itself over time and creates a natural budget and cash flow solution.
KEY POINTS FOR PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS:

• Municipal lease includes appropriations.
• The payments are fixed throughout the lease term.
Capital asset acquisitions, software, services, and
hardware are leased over their useful life rather
than requiring a 100% up-front payment.
KEY POINTS FOR PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS:

• No down payment
• Match advertising revenues to the
monthly payment
• Low fixed payment
AEPA Form C Item 12
PUBLIC & PRIVATE SCHOOLS

EXAMPLE OF CASH PURCHASE VS. PAYMENT SOLUTIONS
Equipment needed $75,000
Purchase with Cash 60 Monthly Payments ($1 Buyout)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Annual budget allowance $50,000 Annual budget allowance $50,000 $50,000 $50,000 $50,000 $50,000
Purchase equipment now $75,000 Annual Payments for $16,980 $16,980 $16,980 $16,980 $16,980
equipment
($1,415/month x 12)
Budget deficit [$25,000] Budget surplus $33,020 $33,020 $33,020 $33,020 $33,020
Customer still has 66% of five-year budget available

Assumptions: This is an example of a cash purchase vs. a 60-month term (applicable sales and use taxes additional). This is for informational
purposes only. Please consult your PNC equipment finance representative for more information on your particular needs.
Equipment needed $400,000

Purchase with Cash 60 Monthly Payments ($1 Buyout)
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Annual budget allowance $300,000 Annual budget allowance $300,000 $300,000 $300,000 $300,000 $300,000
Purchase equipment now $400,000 Annaul Payments for $90,581 $90,581 $90,581 $90,581 $90,581
equipment
($7,550/month x 12)
Budget deficit [$100,000] Budget surplus $209,419 $209,419 $209,419 $209,419 $209,419
Customer still has 68.5% of five-year budget available
Assumptions: This is an example of a cash purchase vs. a 60-month term (applicable sales and use taxes additional). This is for informational purposes
only. Please consult your PNC equipment finance representative for more information on your particular needs.
CHOOSE AN OPTION THAT FITS YOU.

ONE DOLLAR BUYOUT
• Most commonly-used option
• Own the sign for $1 after payments
are completed
MUNICIPAL PAYMENT SOLUTIONS

• Similar to One Dollar Buyout
• Solution for city, state, county entities
and facilities including state colleges
and universities, and K-12 schools.
• Municipal payment solutions meet annual
budget appropriation requirements
AEPA Form C Item 12
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Why are payment solutions of an LED system better than a cash purchase?
• Upgrade your venue even though the price isn’t covered in your budget.
• Pay a minimum monthly amount.
• Match the expense of the display to its use as an advertising medium.
• Preserve your credit line availability.
• Continue to use the system years after payments are complete.
How long does approval take?

48 hours for most transactions.
How do I get my display system?

Your system is delivered and installed in the same way as if it was purchased.
Do I have to pay taxes?

Yes. You are responsible for all sales and use taxes and property taxes, just as if you
had purchased the digital display. But taxes can be added to your payment schedule.
Am I required to provide insurance?

Yes. You must provide evidence of insurance coverage and name PNC Equipment
Finance on the policy as an additional insured and loss payee in case of loss.
Can I pay off my payment solutions early?

Yes. However, there is no real value in prepayment. Your payoff is calculated by the sum
of your remaining payments plus any accrued late charges and any purchase option.
How do I apply for payment solutions?

THE PROCESS: PAYMENT SOLUTIONS CONTACTS
1. You receive your payment quote. Scott Glass
2. You fill out an application. Daktronics Finance Program Manager
3. PNC Equipment Finance approves your credit and 503-747-6581
prepares the documents. for your review. scott.glass@daktronics.com
4. You endorse the documents and return them to PNC. Russell Munson
5. PNC issues a purchase order. PNC Equipment Finance
6. Daktronics ships your equipment. 714-267-7603
7. PNC confirms the acceptance and funds the project. russ.munson@pnc.com
WWW.DAKTRONICS.COM
201 Daktronics Drive PO Box 5128 Brookings, SD 57006-5128
tel 888-325-7446 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4746
Copyright © 2015 Daktronics DD3001480 Rev 01 031115
AEPA Form C Item 12
PROPOSAL LETTER
October 7, 2015
Oakland Schools
2111 Pontiac Lake Road
Waterford, MI 48328‐2736
Re: BID NUMBER AEPA IFB #016
PNC Equipment Finance (“PNCEF”) is pleased to present the following draft
proposal and Preliminary Term Sheet to Oakland Schools for the municipal Lease
purchase financing of equipment described in Daktronic’s bid response to Bid # AEPA
IFB # 016.
This letter and the Preliminary Term Sheet merely constitute a statement of
suggested terms for the Lease Financing, do not contain all matters upon which
agreement must be reached in order for the transactions contemplated hereby to be
consummated and, therefore, do not constitute a binding commitment or offer to
finance with respect to these transactions. A binding commitment with respect to the
Lease Financing will result only from execution and delivery by all of the parties of a
commitment letter or a definitive agreement relating to the Lease Financing, and will be
subject to the conditions contained therein. We may terminate discussions regarding
the proposed Lease Financing at any time.
This letter and the Preliminary Term Sheet are delivered to Oakland Schools on
the condition that they be kept confidential and not to be shown to, or discussed with,
any third party, including any financial institution (other than on a confidential or need‐
to‐know basis with Oakland Schools directors, officers, employees, counsel and other
advisors, or as required by law) without PNCEF’s prior approval.
Oakland Schools acknowledges that PNCEF may obtain, and by signing below
Oakland Schools provides written authorization to PNCEF, in its sole discretion, to obtain
customer, vendor and credit reference checks as well as tax liens, litigation and
judgment searches, and background reports on Oakland Schools.
AEPA Form C Item 12
This authorization extends to obtaining a credit profile in considering this Lease
Financing and any update, renewal or extension of such credit or additional credit.
Oakland Schools, represents that, to the best of its knowledge, all information
prepared or furnished to PNCEF by Oakland Schools or any of its representatives
concerning Oakland Schools or the transactions contemplated by this letter will be
complete and correct in all material respects and will not contain any untrue statements
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
contained therein not misleading. Oakland Schools understands and acknowledges that
PNCEF will be using and relying on all such information without independent
verification.
We appreciate the opportunity to provide this proposal and look forward to
working with you on successfully completing this transaction. To instruct us to proceed
with the proposed credit and due diligence inquiry, please sign and return this letter to
PNCEF by October 30, 2015
Sincerely,
PNC Equipment Finance
By: _________________________________
Russell I Munson
Vice President
PNC Equipment finance
russ.munson@pnc.com
714‐267‐7603 office
The undersigned agrees to and accepts the authorization to obtain credit reports and
confidentiality provisions set forth above:
Oakland Schools
By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ________________________________
AEPA Form C Item 12
Preliminary Term Sheet
LESSOR: PNC Equipment Finance (“PNCEF”) or its assignee
LESSEE: Oakland Schools
STRUCTURE: Municipal lease‐purchase
TOTAL EQUIPMENT COST: TBD
EQUIPMENT: Daktronics
PROPOSED TERM: Various term options are presented below.
STRUCTURE: Oakland Schools may choose options for monthly, quarterly or
annual payments.
Payments will be calculate based on monthly, quarterly or annual
payment factors calculated as a percentage of 1,000.
 SIXTY (60) – MONTHLY PAYMENTS ‐ FINANCING at 2.5%
equals a monthly payment factor of .17470
 TWENTY ( 20 ) – QUARTERLY PAYMENTS ‐ FINANCING at
2.4% equals a quarterly payment factor of .05301
 FIVE ( 5) – ANNUAL PAYMENTS ‐ FINANCING at 2.3%
equals an annual payment factor of .20968
EXAMPLES: Based on $ 1,000,000 the following payments would
be calculated using today’s interest rate:
 60 monthly payments of $ 17,470.00
 20 quarterly payments of $ 53,010.00
 5 annual payments of $ 209,680.00
INTEREST RATE The payment factor is derived from the current Interest Rate
ADJUSTMENT: which is indexed to a spread over the like term U.S. SWAP Interest
Rate as published by the US Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15. For reference, base SWAP rates utilized in payment
calculations above were as of September 10, 2015. If the Base
Rate should change on or prior to the Commencement Date, the
Interest Rate shall be adjusted accordingly by adding the same
spread, to the then current Base Rate. Once the New Lease has
AEPA Form C Item 12
commenced the interest rate, payment factor and resulting
payment amount shall be fixed for the entire term of the Lease.
INTERIM FINANCING: PNC’s escrow funding provides a convenient and manageable
solution to project financing which allows Oakland Schools to
monitor, manage and approve timely escrow fundings for
deposits, progress payments and milestone payments as may be
required by the manufacturer and/or installer during the order,
delivery and installation process.
PAYMENT FREQUENCY: As noted above.
PREPAYMENT: After the second anniversary of the lease commencement,

so long as there is no event of default, on any Rent
Payment due date, Lessee shall have the option to
purchase all, but not less than all, of the equipment
financed by paying to Lessor all Rent Payments and any
other amounts then due plus the Termination Value set
forth in the Agreement. The Termination Value reflects the
outstanding principal balance plus a three percent
premium.
ADVANCE PAYMENT: The first payment (plus applicable taxes) will be due at closing.
END OF TERM: Full Payout ‐ At Lease expiration, Lessee will own the equipment.
LEGAL TITLE/SECURITY This transaction is secured by the equipment being financed.
INTEREST: Legal title to the equipment during the lease term shall
vest in the lessee; with Lessor perfecting a first security
interest through uniform commercial code filing or any
other such instruments as may be required by law. Upon
performance of the terms and conditions of the lease
agreement, the lessee shall have the option to purchase all
equipment for $1.00.
Fixture filings related to the installed equipment will be

required to close. Lessee will provide legal descriptions of
the properties included in the project.
ESCROW FUNDING: At lease closing, Lessor will fund loan proceeds into an

escrow account from which disbursements will be made to
the equipment provider(s) and installation contractor upon
receipt of a Requisition Request and Certificate of
Acceptance from Lessee. Escrow agent will either be
Lessor or third-party provider selected by Lessor and
approved by Lessee. All escrow earnings will be for the
benefit of Lessee. The escrow agent will assess a $500.00
account set up fee payable at closing.
COMMENCEMENT DATE: The Lease is expected to commence on or about TBD.
AEPA Form C Item 12
CLOSING/DOC FEE: Waived.
ESCROW FEE: $500.00
TYPE OF FINANCING Lease agreement shall be a net Lease whereby Lessee is
responsible for all costs of operation, maintenance, insurance and
taxes.
DOCUMENTATION: This transaction is subject to Municipal Lease documentation in
mutually agreeable form.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT: The closing of this transaction is subject to several conditions
precedent, including but not limited to the following:
 Final approval by PNCEF
 Lessee to carry insurance in an amount and with a carrier
acceptable to PNCEF
 Lessees Opinion of Counsel validating that Oakland
Schools is legally authorized to enter into the lease‐
purchase contract, validating that an authorized signer has
authority to sign the documentation and Certification that
Transaction qualifies for Tax Exempt Municipal lease
treatment in accordance with IRS regulations
AEPA FORM D: COMPANY INFORMATION
AEPA IFB #016 – I
Daktronics, Inc.
NAME OF BIDDER____________________________________________________________
COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION

Daktronics, Inc.
Company Name: ____________________________________________ Website: www.daktronics.com
__________________
201 Daktronics Drive
Company Address: _____________________________________________________________________
Brookings
City: ________________________________________ SD
State: ___________ 57006
Zip: ___________________
Tom Coughlin
Contact Person: _____________________________________ Sales Manager
Title: _____________________________
605-692-0200
Contact Phone: __________________________ Tom.Coughlin@daktronics.com
Contact Email: _________________________________
BACKGROUND
Note: Generally, AEPA will not accept an offer from a business that is less than five (5) years old or which fails to
demonstrate and/or establish a proven record of business. If the bidder has recently purchased an established business
or has proof of prior success in either this business or a closely related business, provide written documentation and
verification in response to the questions below. AEPA reserves the right to accept or reject newly formed companies
based on information provided in this response and from its own investigation of the company.
X public company £privately owned company.
This business is a £
1968
In what year was this business started under its present name? ________________________________
None
Under what other or former name(s) has your business operated? ______________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
X Yes. If yes, please complete the following:
Is this business a corporation? £No £
12/9/1968
Date of incorporation:________________ South Dakota
State of incorporation: _______________________
Reece Kurtenbach
Name of President: ____________________________________________________________
Please see Form D Supplement attached.
Name(s) of Vice President(s): ___________________________________________________
Carla Gatzke
Name of Secretary: ____________________________________________________________
Sheila Anderson
Name of Treasurer: ____________________________________________________________
X No £ Yes. If yes, please complete the following:
Is this business a partnership? £
Date of organization:_______________ State founded: _______________________________
Type of partnership, if applicable: ________________________________________________
Name(s) of general partner(s): ___________________________________________________
X No £ Yes. If yes, please complete the following:
Is this organization individually owned? £
Date of organization:__________________ State founded: ____________________________
Name of owner: ______________________________________________________________
X No £ Yes.
This organization is a form other than those identified above.£
IF THE ANSWER IS YES, describe the company’s format, year and state of origin, and names and
titles of the principals.
Part C: Bid Forms
COMPANY HEADQUARTER LOCATION

Company Address: ____________________________________________________________________
Brookings
City: ________________________________________ SD
State: ___________ 57006
Zip: ___________________
605-692-0200
Main Phone Number: __________________________ 47 Years (Since 1968)
How long at this address? __________________
COMPANY BRANCH LOCATIONS
Please see Form D Supplement attached for branch locations.

Branch Address: ______________________________________________________________________
City: ________________________________________ State: ___________ Zip: ___________________
Branch Address: ______________________________________________________________________

City: ________________________________________ State: ___________ Zip: ___________________
Branch Address: ______________________________________________________________________

City: ________________________________________ State: ___________ Zip: ___________________
Branch Address: ______________________________________________________________________

City: ________________________________________ State: ___________ Zip: ___________________
If more branch locations, insert information here or add another sheet with above information.
SALES HISTORY
Provide your company’s annual sales for 2012, 2013 and 2014 YTD in the United States by the various public
segments:
2012 2013 2014 YTD
K-12 (public & private), Educational Service Agencies $ 47,270,089 $ 44,563,543 $ 50,915,941
Higher Education Institutions $ 84,752,268 $ 69,167,312 $ 62,250,175
Counties, Cities, Townships, Villages $ 5,042,654 $ 5,493,317 $ 4,368,170

States $ 26,024,851 $ 26,903,020 $
24,049,091
Other Public Sector & Non-profits $ 0 $0 $ 0
Private Sector $ 0 $0 $ 0
TOTAL $ 163,089,862 $ 146,127,192 $ 141,583,377
WORK FORCE Please see Form D Supplement attached.
1. Key Contacts and Providers: Provide a list of the individuals, titles, and contact information for the
individuals who will provide the following services on a national and/or local basis:
Function Name Title Phone Email
Contract Manager
Please see Form D Supplement attached for all contacts and providers.
Sales Manager
Customer & Support
Manager
Part C: Bid Forms
Function Name Title Phone Email
Distributors, Dealers,
Installers, Sales Reps
Consultants & Trainers
Technical, Maintenance
& Support Services
Quotes, Invoicing &
Payments
Warranty & After the
Sale
Financial Manager
2. Sales Force: Provide total number and location of salespersons employed by your company in the United
States by completing the following: (To insert more rows, hit the tab key from the last field in the State
column.)
Number of Sales Reps City State
3. Service/Support and Distribution Centers: Provide the type (service/support or distribution) and location
of centers that support the United States by completing the following:(To insert more rows, hit the tab key
from the last field in the State column.)
Center Type City State
Please see Daktronics Service Partner Map attached for locations of our
Service/Support centers.
4. In-house Resources: Describe the business’s current in-house workforce, equipment and facilities available
to perform under this solicitation.
Please see attached information on our company, our history and our company organization structure.
MARKETING
1. Key Marketing Contact(s): List the name(s), title(s) and contact information of the business’s key national
and regional marketing office(s).(To insert more rows, hit the tab key from the last field in the State
column.)
Name Title Phone Email

Jen Kneeland Marketing 605-692-0200 marketingrequest@daktronics.com
Jody Huntimer Marketing Strategist 605-692-0200 marketingrequest@daktronics.com
Part C: Bid Forms
2. Marketing Activities: Describe how this company marketed its products and services to schools and other
public sector audiences in Fiscal Year 2013 – 2014 (July 1 – June 30). List all conventions, conferences and
other events at which this company exhibited.
Daktronics attends 100+ conventions for the High School market each year. These are targeted at
________________________________________________________________________________________
Athletic Directors, Coaches and Business Officials. Please see Form D Supplement attached for
____________________________________________________________________________________
list of events attended. A list of events that we sponsor is also included.
3. Cooperative Marketing: Describe ways in which this business can collaborate with Member Agencies in
marketing the bid.
Daktronics creates a marketing handout for each state, with specific contact and bid information.
________________________________________________________________________________________
We also advertise in a variety of magazines (see Form D Supplement attached for list), via direct
________________________________________________________________________________________
mail and on our website. See attached example of brochure for KCDA.
4. Sales Training: Explain how your company will education your sales staff on the AEPA contract including
timing, methods, etc.
If awarded as an AEPA vendor again, we will hold an initial webinar and conference call to kick off the new contract. Our sales
________________________________________________________________________________________
staff is currently trained on the AEPA contracts, and we continue to provide additional support for this via monthly staff-wide sales
________________________________________________________________________________________
meetings, weekly regional sales meetings and bi-weekly individual meetings between sales representatives and sales managers.
ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVES
1. Describe how your products and/or services support environmental goals.
Please see attached information on Corporate Sustainability and Green LED Technology.
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Describe the company’s “green” objectives (i.e. LEED, reducing footprint, etc.).
Please see attached information on Corporate Sustainability and Green LED Technology.
________________________________________________________________________________________
INDEPENDENT SUBCONTRACTORS, DISTRIBUTORS, INSTALLERS, ETC.

If the Bidder is not the sole provider of all goods and services provided under this contract, the following must be
answered: Please see Form D Supplement attached.
1. Selection Criteria for Independent Providers: Describe the criteria and process by which the business
selects, certifies and approves subcontractors, distributors, installers and other independent services.
2. Current Subcontractors, Distributors, Installers, Etc.: Provide a list of current subcontractors,
distributors, installers and other independent service providers who are contracted to perform the type of work
outlined in this bid in the member agency states (listed in Part A of this IFB). Include, if applicable,
contractor license information and the state(s) wherein they are eligible to provide services on behalf of this
business.
DISCLOSURES
1. Letter of Line of Credit or Annual Financial Report (REQUIRED): Attach a letter from the business’s
chief financial institution indicating the current line of credit available in its name and evidence of financial
stability for the past three calendar years (2012, 2013 and 2014). This letter should state the line of credit as a
range (ie., “credit in the low six figures” or “a credit line exceeding five figures”). If company is a publicly
traded company a complete Annual Financial Report is required in place of Line of Credit Letter.
Please see Annual Financial Report attached.
X Yes.
2. Legal: Does this business have actions currently filed against it? £No £
IF YES, AN ATTACHMENT IS REQUIRED: List and explain current actions such as Federal Debarment
(on US General Services Administration’s “Excluded Parties List”), appearance on any state or federal
delinquent taxpayer list, or claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for projects.
Part C: Bid Forms
AEPA Form D Supplement - Daktronics, Inc.
BACKGROUND
 Name(s) of Vice President(s):

o Brett Wendler
o Rich Hintz
o Brad Wiemann
o Matt Kurtenbach
o Dan Chase
o Jay Parker
o Judd Guthmiller
o Pete Egart
o Sarah Rose
o Seth Hansen
COMPANY BRANCH LOCATIONS
 Subsidiaries: o 10105 Broadway Street

o Daktronics Installation, Inc. San Antonio, TX 78217
Brookings, SD 57006 o 5249A Langfield Road
Houston, TX 77040
 Additional Manufacturing
o 3557 National Drive, Suite C
Locations:
Norman, OK 73069
o 1425 E Bridge Street
Redwood Falls, MN 56283
o Shunpike Business Center
1275 Cromwell Avenue, Suite
o 600 E 54th Street North
F5
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
Rocky Hill, CT 06067
 Additional Sales Offices: o 3001 Executive Drive, Suite

o 4132 Shoreline Drive, Suite H 370
Earth City, MO 63045 Clearwater, FL 33762
o 797 Busch Court o 1501 Broadway, Suite 400

Columbus, OH 43229 New York, NY 10036
o 701 E Ball Road, Suite 103 o Data Display USA

Anaheim, CA 92805 1330-2M Lincoln Avenue
Holbrook, NY 11741
o 309 S Cloverdale Street, Suite
B27
Seattle, WA 98108
 International Subsidiaries: o Daktronics France, SARL
o Daktronics Canada, Inc. 17 Allee Rosa Luxembourg
1130 Levis Street, Unit 4 Hyde Park – Westminster
Terrebonne, QC J6W 5S6 Building
Canada 95610 Eragny Sur Oise
France
o Daktronics GmbH
Borsigstrasse 20 o Daktronics, Inc. (Dubai
Wiesbaden, D-65205 Branch)
Germany PO Box 213465 Unit 116 & 118
o Daktronics UK Limited Dubai, UAE
Unit B1, Ashville Park
Short Way o Daktronics Australia Pty Ltd
Thornbury Bristol, BS35 3UU (Registered Office)
United Kingdom Level 10
68 Pitt Street
o Daktronics Hong Kong Sydney, NSW 2000
Limited Australia
18/F
Edinburgh Tower the o Daktronics Australia Pty Ltd
Landmark Suite 108, Ground Floor
15 Queen’s Road Central 18 Rodborough Road
Hong Kong Frenchs Forest, NSW 2086
Australia
o Daktronics Shanghai Co., Ltd.
No. 99 Lane 2891 o Daktronics Japan, Inc.
South Qilianshan Road Level 7, Wakamatsu Building
Putou District Shanghai 3-3-6 Honcho, Nihonbashi,
Shanghai, China Chuo-ku
Tokyo 103-0023, Japan
o Daktronics Shanghai Co., Ltd.
(Beijing Branch) o Daktronics HK Limited
10B No. 5 Hau Teng Intl Plaza Room 1902, 19/F
4th Ring East, Chaoyang Asia Orient Tower
District 33 Lockhart Road
Beijing 10002 P.R. Wan Chai, Hong Kong
China
o Daktronics (International)
o Daktronics Trading Limited Limited
(Macau Branch) Rua Norte Do Patane
Rua Norte Do Patane No. 176-182, Edificio
No. 176-182, Edificio Industrial Industrical Wang Kai
Wang Kai 3 ander A
3 andar A Macau
Macau
o Daktronics Singapore Pte. o Daktronics Ireland Holdings
Ltd. Limited
15 Jalan Kilang Barat, Deer Park Ind Est,
#04-01 Frontech Centre Ennistymom, Co Clare,
Singapore, Singapore 159357 Ireland
o Daktronics Do Brasil o Daktronics Ireland Co.

Comércio De Painéis Limited
Displays E Equipoamentos Deer Park Ind Est,
Electrônicos LTDA Ennistymom Co Clare, Ireland
Rua Niteroi, 362 – Sala 36
Sao Caetano Do Sul – SP – o Societe Eridan (Data Display
Brasil France)
CEP 09510-200 10 Rue Enrico Fermi
Parc De l’Esplanade
o Daktronics Spain S.L.U. 77400 St Thibault des Vignes
C/ Ayala, 66
28001 Madrid, Spain o Data Display UK Ltd.
The Meadows
o Daktronics Belgium N.V. Waterberry Drive
(formerly OPEN N.V.) Waterlooville PO7 7XX
Gelaagstraat 53
B-9150 Rupelmonde, Belgium
WORK FORCE
1. Key Contacts and Providers:
 Contract Manager
Michael Johnson
Project Manager
605.692.0200 Ext. 57884
Michael.Johnson@daktronics.com
Please see attached biography.
 Sales Manager
Tom Coughlin
National Sales Manager
605.697.4494
Tom.Coughlin@daktronics.com
 Customer & Support Manager

Taylor Nilson
Services Manager
605.691.1435
Taylor.Nilson@daktronics.com
 Distributors, Dealers, Installers, Sales Reps

Marlo Jones
Regional Sales Manager
206.612.9666
Marlo.Jones@daktronics.com
Matt Lundberg
704.791.1268
Matt.Lundberg@daktronics.com
Bryan Nagel
605.692.0200 Ext. 81830
Bryan.Nagel@daktronics.com
Darrell Thiner
515.577.4053
Darrell.Thiner@daktronics.com
Paul Wildeman
210.602.5995
Paul.Wildeman@daktronics.com
 Consultants & Trainers

Connie Hackett
Software Services Supervisor
605.692.0200 Ext. 45068
Connie.Hackett@daktronics.com
Carol Sprenger
Services Manager
605.695.4271
Carol.Sprenger@daktronics.com
 Technical, Maintenance & Support Services
Clark McAdams
Services Manager
860.922.8646
Clark.McAdams@daktronics.com
 Quotes, Invoicing & Payments

Lauren Cloud
Sales Coordinator
605.692.0200 Ext. 56669
 Warranty & After the Sale

Taylor Nilson
Services Manager
605.691.1435
Taylor.Nilson@daktronics.com
 Financial Manager
Larry Gerjets
Credit Manager
605.692.0200 Ext. 57847
Larry.Gerjets@daktronics.com
2. Sales Force:
Number of Sales City State
Reps
1 Little Rock AR
1 Chandler AZ
1 Gilbert AZ
1 Oro Valley AZ
1 Phoenix AZ
1 Calabasas CA
1 Ceres CA
1 La Puente CA
1 Ladera Ranch CA
1 Los Gatos CA
1 San Dimas CA
3 Denver CO
1 Fort Collins CO
1 Lakewood CO
1 Pueblo CO
1 Wilmington DE
1 Brandenton FL
1 Groveland FL
1 Miramar FL
1 Tallahassee FL
1 Tampa FL
1 Yalaha FL
1 Atlanta GA
1 Canton GA
1 Polk City IA
1 West Des Moines IA
1 Coeur d'Alene ID
1 Chicago IL
1 Fishers IN
1 Fort Wayne IN
1 Ossian IN
1 Eudora KS
1 Kansas City KS
1 Lexington KY
1 Loranger LA
1 Boston MA
1 Hanson MA
1 New Windsor MD
1 Pasadena MD
2 Alanson MI
1 Grand Rapids MI
1 Pentwater MI
1 Rochester Hills MI
1 Royal Oak MI
1 Cold Spring MN
1 Maple Grove MN
1 Minneapolis MN
1 Savage MN
1 St Peter MN
1 Chesterfield MO
1 Marshfield MO
1 St Peters MO
1 Winfield MO
1 Pearl MS
1 Cary NC
3 Charlotte NC
2 Huntersville NC
1 Las Vegas NC
1 Fargo ND
1 Lincoln NE
1 Cranford NJ
1 Albuquerque NM
1 Chester NY
1 Hicksville NY
1 Middle Island NY
1 New York NY
1 Port Jefferson Station NY
1 Canton OH
1 Columbus OH
1 New Albany OH
1 Uniontown OH
1 Worthington OH
1 Mustang OK
1 Norman OK
1 Oklahoma City OK
1 Olmsted Township OK
1 Wilsonville OR
1 Alburtis PA
1 Brookhaven PA
1 Harrisburg PA
1 Wakefield RI
1 Aiken SC
1 Charleston SC
1 Mt. Pleasant SC
1 Bath SD
45 Brookings SD
2 Mitchell SD
15 Sioux Falls SD
3 Murfreesboro TN
1 Nashville TN
1 Carrollton TX
2 Dallas TX
1 Fresno TX
1 Frisco TX
1 Houston TX
1 Lewisville TX
1 Morgan TX
1 Plano TX
1 Rockwall TX
1 Salado TX
4 San Antonio TX
1 Terrell TX
1 Willis TX
1 Clinton UT
1 Layton UT
1 Alexandria VA
1 Arlington VA
1 Blacksburg VA
1 Charlottesville VA
1 Poquoson VA
1 Richmond VA
1 Auburn WA
1 Kent WA
1 Seatac WA
1 Spokane Valley WA
1 Tacoma WA
2 Madison WI
1 Charleston WV
MARKETING
2. Marketing Activities:
 Events Attended in Fiscal Year 2013-2014
Event Location Date

GAEL ‐ GA Association of Education Leaders Jekyll Island, GA July 14, 2013
SDHSAA / SDHSCA ‐ South Dakota High School Coaches Clinic Aberdeen, SD July 15, 2013
AHSAA ‐ Summer Conference and All‐Star Week Montgomery, AL July 16, 2013
MAC ‐ Missisippi Association of Coaches Jackson, MS July 16, 2013
TSMCA ‐ Texas 6‐Man Coaches Association Clinic Lubbock, TX July 17, 2013
AASBO ‐ Arizona Association of School Business Officials Annual Conference
Exposition Tucson, AZ July 17, 2013
FACA ‐ FL Athletic Coaches Summer Clinic Daytona Beach, FL July 18, 2013
NCCA ‐ NC Coaches Clinic Greensboro, NC July 22, 2013
LHSCA ‐ LA HS Coaches Association Baton Rouge, LA July 23, 2013
NDHSCA/AA ‐ North Dakota Coaches Convention Mandan, ND July 23, 2013
CASE ‐ Colorado Association of School Executives Annual Convention Breckenridge, CO July 24, 2013
WYCA ‐ Wyoming Coaches Association Summer Clinic Casper, WY July 25, 2013
SCACA ‐ SC Coaches Clinic Greenville, SC July 28, 2013
THSCA ‐ TX High School Coaches Association Coaching School Fort Worth, TX July 28, 2013
OCA ‐ Oklahoma Coaches Association Tulsa, OK July 28, 2013
MCA ‐ Montana Coaches Association Great Falls, MT July 31, 2013
SAI ‐ School Administrators of Iowa Des Moines, IA August 7, 2013
ASBSD/SASD ‐ Association School boards of South Dakota / School Admin of SD Sioux Falls, SD August 8, 2013
FRPA ‐ FL Rec & Park Association Orlando, FL August 27, 2013
AZPRA ‐ Arizona Parks & Recreation Association Scottsdale, AZ August 28, 2013
September 5,
NCSA/NASB ‐ Labor Relations Lincoln, NE 2013
AIAAA ‐ Arizona Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Annual September 8,
Conference Prescott, AZ 2013
September 10,
NDRPA ‐ North Dakota Park & Recreation Association Valley City, ND 2013
September 12,
TISCA ‐ TX Interscholastic Swim Coaches Association Austin, TX 2013
September 16,
WRPA ‐ Wyoming Recreation & Parks Association State Conference Casper, WY 2013
September 16,
MRPA ‐ MS Rec & Park Association Tupelo, MS 2013
September 20,
Council of Educational Facilities Planners International Indianapolis, IN 2013
September 24,
CPRA ‐ Colorado Parks & Rec Association Annual Convention Vail, CO 2013
September 25,
NCPSMA ‐ North Carolina Public School Maintenance Association Morehead City, NC 2013
September 27,
TASA / TASB ‐ Texas Association of School Administrators/Boards Dallas, TX 2013
September 29,
NYSSBGA ‐ NY State School Building and Grounds Association Saratoga Springs, NY 2013
SDPRA ‐ South Dakota Park & Recreation Association Pierre, SD October 1, 2013
DAAD ‐ Delaware Association of Athletic Directors Dover, DE October 2, 2013
MSBA ‐ MO School Boards' Association Tradeshow Osage Beach, MO October 4, 2013
NRPA ‐ National Recreation & Parks Association Houston, TX October 8, 2013
KCDA Vendor and Technology Expo Kent, WA October 10, 2013
NMAA ‐ New Mexico Activities Association Annual Meeting Albuquerque, NM October 14, 2013
ESSC ‐ Eastern States Swim Clinic Cherry Hill, NJ October 19, 2013
AAEA ‐ AR Association of Education Administrators Little Rock, AR October 24, 2013
NYSSBA ‐ New York State School Boards Association Rochester, NY October 24, 2013
NDSBA ‐ North Dakota School Boards Association Bismarck, ND October 25, 2013
GASFA ‐ Georgia Association of School Facility Administrators Savannah, GA October 27, 2013
GISA ‐ Georgia Independent School Association College Park, GA November 4, 2013
GRPA ‐ Georgia Recreation & Park Association Columbus, GA November 5, 2013
TSBA ‐ Tennessee School Boards Association Nashville, TN November 9, 2013
NSIAAA ‐ Nebraska State Athletic Administrators Association Kearney, NE November 9, 2013
November 10,
WADA ‐ WI Athletic Directors Association 47th Annual Conference Wisconsin Dells, WI 2013
November 11,
OSBA ‐ OH School Board Capital Conference Columbus, OH 2013
November 17,
OIAAA ‐ OH Interscholastic Athletic Administration Association Columbus, OH 2013
November 20,
NASA/NASB ‐ State Education Conference La Vista, NE 2013
November 22,
IASB/IASA/IABO ‐ Illinois Joint Annual Conference Chicago, IL 2013
December 15,
NIAAA/NFHS ‐ National Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Anaheim, CA 2013
TPPC ‐ TX Public Pool Council San Antonio, TX January 7, 2014
FACA ‐ FL Athletic Coaches Winter Clinic Daytona Beach, FL January 9, 2014
MHSAA ‐ Mississippi HS Activities Association Natchez, MS January 15, 2014
AZBCA‐Arizona Baseball Coaches Association Phoenix, AZ January 18, 2014
MHSA ‐ Montana High School Association Great Falls, MT January 19, 2014
IPRA ‐ IL Park and Rec Chicago, IL January 23, 2014
South Padre Island,
CPFC ‐ City of Palms Football Clinic TX January 24, 2014
TASA Mid‐Winter Conference and Expo Austin, TX January 26, 2014
LHSAA ‐ LA High School Athletic Association Baton Rouge, LA January 29, 2014
OPRA ‐ Ohio Parks and Recreation Association Sandusky, OH February 3, 2014
NASSP ‐ National Association of Secondary School Principals Dallas, TX February 6, 2014
TRAPS ‐ TX Rec & Parks Society Institute and Expo Corpus Christi, TX February 19, 2014
WIAA ‐ Mat Classic Tacoma, WA February 21, 2014
THSADA ‐ TX HS Athletic Directors Association Houston, TX March 2, 2014
CADA ‐ California Association of Directors of Activities Reno, NV March 6, 2014
ARPA ‐ AR Recreation & Parks Association Fort Smith, AR March 12, 2014
NYSAAA ‐ New York State Athletic Administrators Association Saratoga Springs, NY March 12, 2014
WACA ‐ WA Activitiy Coordinators Association Kennewick, WA March 12, 2014
MIAAA ‐ MI Interscholastic Athletic Administration Association Traverse City, MI March 15, 2014
AHSAAA ‐ AR High School Athletic Administrators Association Hot Springs, AR March 16, 2014
SCAAA ‐ SC Athletic Admininstrators Association Charleston, SC March 16, 2014
MASA/MOSPRA Spring Conference Lake Ozark, MO March 19, 2014
PSADA ‐ Pennsylvania State Athletic Directors Hershey, PA March 19, 2014
NRCSA ‐ NE Rural Community Schools Association Kearney, NE March 19, 2014
NCADA ‐ NC Athletic Directors State Conference Asheville, NC March 22, 2014
IIAAA ‐ IN Interscholastic Athletic Administration Association Indianapolis, IN March 23, 2014
GADA ‐ Georgia Athletic Directors Association Annual Conference Savannah, GA March 24, 2014
MNIAAA ‐ MN Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association St. Cloud, MN March 25, 2014
DAANJ ‐ Directors of Athletic Association of NJ Atlantic City, NJ March 26, 2014
VIAAA ‐ VA Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association State Conference Norfolk, VA March 26, 2014
IHSADA ‐ IA High School Athletic Directors Association Convention Coralville, IA March 30, 2014
South Dakota Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Deadwood, SD April 2, 2014
NSBA ‐ National School Board Association New Orleans, LA April 5, 2014
MIAAA ‐ MO Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Osage Beach, MO April 6, 2014
NDIAAA ‐ ND Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Fargo, ND April 6, 2014
IAAA ‐ ID Athletic Administrators Association Conference Boise, ID April 7, 2014
TSSAA ‐ TN secondary School Athletic Association Murfreesboro, TN April 7, 2014
CSADA ‐ CA State Athletic Directors Association San Diego, CA April 10, 2014
MSADA ‐ Maryland State Athletic Directors Association Ocean City, MD April 11, 2014
KIAAA ‐ KS Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association State Conference Wichita, KS April 11, 2014
UIAAA ‐ UT Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association State Conference St. George, UT April 11, 2014
OADA ‐ OR Athletic Directors Association State Conference Sunriver, OR April 13, 2014
NJSBGA ‐ New Jersey School Building and Grounds Association Atlantic City, NJ April 14, 2014
MoASBO ‐ Missouri Association of School Business Officials Lake Ozark, MO April 22, 2014
Kentucky High School Athletic Directors Association Louisville, KY April 23, 2014
WVADA ‐ West Virginia Athletic Directors Association Charleston, WV April 26, 2014
CADA ‐ CO Athletic Directors Association Broomfield, CO April 27, 2014
WSSAAA ‐ Washington Secondary School Athletic Administrators' Association Spokane, WA April 28, 2014
Northeastern Ohio Interscholastic Athletic Adminstrators' Association Cuyahoga Falls, OH April 28, 2014
Florida Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Orlando, FL May 4, 2014
Midwest Regional Conference Gillete, WY May 4, 2014
Ohio School Council Vendor Fair Westlake, OH May 13, 2014
Central States Swim Clinic Oak Brook, IL May 16, 2014
Cooperative Council for Oklahoma School Adminstration Norman, OK June 4, 2014
ASA ‐ Arizona Administrators Annual Summer Conference Tucson, AZ June 8, 2014
Florida Athletic Coaches Summer Clinic Daytona Beach, FL June 12, 2014
Confederation of Oregon School Administrators Seaside, OR June 18, 2014
Arkansas High School Coaches Association Conway, AR June 25, 2014
St. Simon's Island,
Georgia Athletic Coaches Association GA June 26, 2014
 Events Sponsored
Daktronics Sponsorships
State/Province Organization Fiscal
Year
NJ DAANJ FY16
DE Delaware Assocation of Athletic Directors FY16
ID Idaho Athletic Administrators Association FY16
IN IIAAA ‐ Indiana Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY16
KS KIAAA ‐ Kansas Interscholastic Athletic Admin Association FY16
MD MIAA ‐ MD Interscholastic Athletic Association FY16
MO MIAAA FY16
MI MIAAA FY16
MI Michigan High School Athletic Association FY16
MD MSADA ‐ MD State Athletic Directors Association FY16
National NATYCAA ‐ National Alliance of Two Year College Athletic Administrators FY16
ND NDIAAA FY16
NY NYSAAA ‐ New York State Athletic Administrators Association FY16
OR OADA ‐ Oregon Athletic Directors Association FY16
OH OIAAA FY16
OH OIAAA FY16
TX THSADA ‐ Texas High School Athletic Directors Association FY16
VA VIAAA ‐ Virginia Interscholastic Athletic Admin Association FY16
WA WSSAAA ‐ Washington Secondary School Athletic Administrators Association FY16
AR AAA ‐ Arkansas Activities Association FY15
DE DAAD ‐ Delaware Association of Athletic Directors FY15
NJ DAANJ ‐ Directors of Athletic Association of NJ FY15
ID IAAA ‐ ID Athletic Administrators Association FY15
IL IHSA‐Illinois High School Association FY15
IN IIAAA ‐ IN Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY15
KY KHSADA ‐ KY High School Athletic Directors Association FY15
MI MHSAA ‐ Michigan High School Athletic Association FY15
MI MIAAA ‐ MI Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY15
MO MIAAA ‐ MO Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association (Golf FY15
Tournament)
MD MSADA ‐ MD State Athletic Directors Association FY15
NC NCHSAA ‐ NC HS Athletic Association FY15
ND NDIAAA ‐ ND Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association 2013‐2015 FY15
NY NYSAAA ‐ New York State Athletic Administration Association FY15
OR OADA ‐ OR Athletic Directors Association FY15
OH OIAAA FY15
SD SDIAAA FY15
TX THSADA ‐ TX High School Athletic Directors Association FY15
VA VIAAA ‐ Virginia Interscholastic Athletic Admin Association FY15
WA WSSAAA ‐ WA Secondary School Athletic Administrators Association FY15
DE DAAD ‐ Delaware Association of Athletic Directors FY14
IN IIAAA ‐ Indiana Interscholastic Athletic Admin Association FY14
KY KHSADA ‐ KY High School Athletic Directors Association FY14
KS KIAAA ‐ KS Interscholastic Athletic Admin Association FY14
MI MIAAA ‐ MI Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY14
MD MSADA ‐ Maryland State Athletic Directors FY14
NIAAA ‐ National Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY14
NE NSIAAA ‐ NE State Athletic Adminstrators Association FY14
NY NYSAAA ‐ New York State Athletic Administration Association FY14
OH OIAAA FY14
SD SDIAAA ‐ SD Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY14
SD Spring Classic Softball Tournament 2013 FY14
VA VIAAA ‐ Virginia Interscholastic Athletic Admin Assoc FY14
WA WSSAAA ‐ Washington Secondary School Athletic Administrators' Association FY14
WY Wyoming Coaches Association FY14
AZ AIAAA ‐ Arizona Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association Annual FY13
Conference
LA Boys and Girls Club of Greater Baton Rouge FY13
TX Garland Sports Hall of Fame Golf Tournament FY13
SD Howard Wood Dakota Relays FY13
IL IADA‐Summer Retreat FY13
IA IHSADA FY13
KY KHSADA ‐ KY High School Athletic Administration FY13
KS KIAAA ‐ Kansas Interscholastic Athletic Administrators Association FY13
MD MSADA ‐ Maryland State Athletic Directors FY13
NC NCHSAA ‐ North Carolina High School Athletic Association FY13
NE NSIAAA ‐ NE State Athletic Adminstrators Association FY13
SD SDIAAA ‐ SD Interscholastic Athletic Admin Association FY13
TX Texas State Swim Meet (t‐shirts) FY13
TX THSADA ‐ TX High School Athletic Directors Association FY13
TX THSADA/PBK Banquet Sponsorship FY13 FY13
TX THSADA‐Texas High School Athletic Directors Association FY13
VA VIAAA ‐ East Virginia Athletic Directors Association FY13
WA WSSAAA ‐ Washington Secondary School Athletic Administrators' Association FY13
WY Wyoming Coaches Association FY13
 Publications Advertised In
Local Advertisement
Fiscal
State Year Name of Publication
Oregon FY16 OADA eNews
Oklahoma FY16 OK Coaches Ad
Ohio FY15 OIAAA News
Texas FY15 THSADA eNews
New Jersey FY15 NJ AD Directory
Michigan FY15 Gladwin American Legion Baseball Championship Program
North
Dakota FY15 NDRPA Directory
Louisiana FY15 LHSCA Coaches Directory
Maryland FY15 MSADA Newsletter
New York FY15 NYSPHSAA State Championship Program
Oklahoma FY15 OK Coaches Magazine
Washington FY14 WSSAAA News
Oregon FY14 OADA E‐Zine and conference program 2013
New York FY14 NYSAAA News
New York FY14 New York State Football Championship Program
North
Carolina FY14 NCHSAA E‐Newsletter
New Jersey FY14 DAANJ Program Ad
Illinois FY14 Football State Program
New York FY13 NYSAAA Electonic Magazine 2013
Maryland FY13 MSADA Newsletter
Washington FY13 WSSAAA News
Illinois FY13 IHSA March Madness Tournament Program/Web/LED Board
New Jersey FY13 DAANJ Program Ad FY13
INDEPENDENT SUBCONTRACTORS, DISTRIBUTORS, INSTALLERS, ETC.
Daktronics, Inc. utilizes the following dealers, who are authorized to distribute our
products in their respective geographic areas:
 Industrial Electronic Service

o Located in Carlisle, OH
o Serves Ohio
 Sievert Electric Sales & Service
o Located in Forest Park, IL
o Serves Illinois
 AIM Electronics
o Located in Edina, MN
o Serves Minnesota and Wisconsin
 Scoreboard Enterprises, Inc.
o Located in Mansfield, MA
o Serves Massachusetts
Daktronics hires installers and subcontractors on a per project basis, based on
availability of local installers. Daktronics confirms and certifies that all installers and
subcontractors hired have the necessary trade licenses to perform the installation and
support work in the scope of our contracted projects. They are chosen strategically by
location to provide our customers with delivery, installation and support of all our
product lines.
DISCLOSURES
2. Legal:
 Daktronics has not been involved in any litigated matters which allege material
breach of contract related to the provision of equipment and services. As with
any company of its size, Daktronics is involved in various litigated matters arising
in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation employment issues
and collection of outstanding receivables. There are no current legal actions
that will impair Daktronics’ ability to perform its obligations and duties under any
order or proposed order.
AEPA Form D, Work Force Item 1
Daktronics Live Events Biography
Michael Johnson
Michael Johnson is a project manager for the Southeast region in the
Live Events market. In this position, he is responsible for managing
projects, working with sales, completing bids and working with
subcontractors.
Johnson started at Daktronics in 2007 after working for the City of

Moorhead, Minn., as an engineering technician. He graduated from
Minnesota State University - Moorhead with a degree in Construction
Management.
Projects Johnson has worked on while at Daktronics include:

• Pepsi Center - Colorado
• Calgary Flames - Alberta, Canada
• Central Washington University
• Dixie State College of Utah
• University of Wyoming - Wyoming
• Brigham Young University - Utah
• University of Montana
• Tacoma Rainiers - Washington
• Weber State University - Utah
• University of Portland - Oregon
• University of Colorado
• Southern Utah University
• Allen Event Center - Texas
• North Carolina State University
• Starrs Mill High School - Georgia
• Samford University - Alabama
• US Military Academy Preparatory School - New York
• Milton High School - Georgia

tel 800-325-8766 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4700
www.daktronics.com email sales@daktronics.com
Copyright©2008 Daktronics DD1367006 Rev 02 100511
Daktronics Biography
Tom Coughlin
Tom Coughlin is the National Sales Manager of the High School
Park/Recreation (HSPR) and Daktronics Sports Marketing (DSM)
departments. He is responsible for the sales efforts of over 100
people which include HSPR region managers, DSM development
directors, HSPR and DSM regional sales, retired athletic directors,
independent sales representatives, independent dealers and
numerous re-sellers.
Coughlin first worked for Daktronics as a student at South Dakota

State University and re-joined the company in 2004 as the North
Central Region Manager for Daktronics Sports Marketing. He
became the manager of DSM in 2008 and was named HSPR Sales
Manager in 2010.
Prior to joining Daktronics, he spent 13 years in the broadcasting

business serving as general manager of properties for Radio One
Broadcasting, Sorenson Broadcasting and Waitt Radio. He was also
an account executive for WCCO radio in Minneapolis.
Coughlin earned a bachelor’s degree in broadcast journalism from South Dakota State University in Brookings,
S.Dak. He was named a Distinguished Alumnus of the department in 1998.

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
Copyright©2011 Daktronics DD2016313 Rev 00 5 May 2011
Taylor Nilson
Before joining the Daktronics team in 2004, Taylor Nilson graduated from
Central Washington University, cum laude, in 2003. Nilson received a
bachelor of science degree in business administration, a specialization
in finance, and a minor in economics. His first position with Daktronics
as a Service Sales Representative gave him the opportunity to handle
service requests from customers, assess customer needs and service level
expectations, and provide service agreement proposals to customers.
Since then, Nilson has held positions as the Service Sales Team Supervisor,
Technical Support Supervisor and Account Service Management
Supervisor. Nilson also acted as the lead sales representative on some of
Daktronics' largest service projects for Times Square customers and Major
League Sports teams.
Currently, Nilson is the Commercial Reseller Services Manager in Brookings, South Dakota, providing leadership to:
• Call Center
• Account Management
• Technical Support
• Software Support
• Service Sales functions
This team provides parts, service and technical support to the Daktronics Commercial distribution channel of over 2,600
commercial resellers. Additionally, Nilson manages the service efforts for high-profile spectacular display installations in
Times Square, Las Vegas and other metro locations.
331 32nd Avenue PO Box 5128 Brookings, SD 57006-5128

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
www.daktronics.com e-mail sales@daktronics.com
Copyright©2006 Daktronics DD1810464 Rev 02 072611
Marlo Jones
Marlo Jones manages the Daktronics Sales & Service
office in Seattle, WA.
Jones began working at Daktronics while in college at

South Dakota State University in March 1985. Jones
graduated from SDSU with an electrical engineering
technology degree in 1986. He went on to receive his
master's degree in marketing from City University in
Bellevue, WA.
As manager of the Seattle Daktronics Sales & Service

office, Jones is responsible for the sales and marketing of
Daktronics products to the state of Washington. Prior to
joining the Seattle office, he worked in customer service.
Major Daktronics projects that Jones has been involved
with include:
• 1987 All Africa Games (Nairobi, Kenya)
• 1988 Winter Olympics (Calgary, Alberta,Canada)
• Key Arena (Seattle, WA)
• Safeco Field (Seattle, WA)
• Port of Seattle
• Washington State Department of Transportation
• B.C. Place Stadium (Vancouver, BC,Canada)
• Tacoma Dome (Tacoma, WA)
• Tacoma Rainiers (Tacoma, WA)
Jones is also on the EET Advisory Board for Western Washington University and a member of
the American Marketing Association.
“I enjoy working with a team that provides leading edge technology, products and services to
customers that genuinely appreciate them,” says Jones.
In his spare time, Jones enjoys traveling, hiking, reading, canoeing, general aviation and
history..

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
Copyright©2005 Daktronics SL-03356 Rev 00 051606
Matt Lundberg
Matt Lundberg joined the Daktronics team in 1997. He is
sales manager in the Daktronics Sales and Service office in
Concord, NC, as well as acting manager of the Daktronics
Sales and Service office in Lexington, SC. Lundberg also is the
Commercial market sales representative in the state of North
Carolina.
Lundberg began at Daktronics in manufacturing, and

then became a sales intern in the High School, Park, and
Recreation department. In 2001, Lundberg helped open the
Daktronics Sales and Service office in Concord, NC.
In 2000, Lundberg graduated from South Dakota State

University in Brookings, SD, with a degree in Economics.
Some of the major projects Lundberg has been involved with

include:
• Charlotte Bobcats Arena - Charlotte, NC
• Hickory Crawdads - Hickory, NC
• Durham Bulls - Durham, NC
• UNC-Charlotte - Charlotte, NC
• Greensboro Coliseum - Greensboro, NC
• UNC-Greensboro - Greensboro, NC
• Adams Outdoor Advertising - Charlotte, NC
• NC Department of Transportation - Asheville, NC and Raleigh, NC
• James F. Byrnes High School - Duncan, SC
• Winthrop University - Rock Hill, SC
• Carolina Panthers - Charlotte, NC
In his spare time, Lundberg enjoys playing golf and spending time with his friends.

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
Bryan Nagel
Bryan Nagel has been the manager of the Daktronics
Sales & Service office in Linthicum, MD since 1993. His
territory includes Maryland, Washington, D.C. and
lower Delaware.
In May of 1991, Nagel began working at Daktronics in

Subassembly. He also worked in customer service for one
year. Nagel received an electrical engineering technician
degree from South Dakota State University in 1992.
Nagel has been involved in these Maryland installations:

• United States Naval Academy, Annapolis
• Maryland State Fair, Timonium
• Jack Kent Cooke Stadium, Raljo (home of the
Washington Redskins)
• Ravens Stadium, Baltimore
• ESPN Zone, Baltimore
• Loyola College, Baltimore
• Morgan State University, Baltimore
• University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Baltimore
• Bowie Baysox, Bowie
Nagel also provides maintenance at many high schools, college and professional venues in
the area.
“The demand has been great for quality scoreboard service. We look forward to greater
challenges for growth and experience,” he said.

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
Darrell Thiner
Darrell Thiner is the High School Park & Recreation (HSPR) Region
Sales Manager for North Central, Mid-Atlantic and New England
regions.
Thiner received an electronic engineering technician degree from

South Dakota State University in Brookings, SD, in 1989. He earned
a MBA degree with an emphasis on marketing from Iowa State
University in Ames, IA, in 2008.
In 1999, Thiner moved to Ankeny, IA, to open a regional office.

Previously he worked at the Daktronics corporate headquarters in
Commercial market sales, customer service and in HSPR market sales.
Thiner has been involved with the following major projects:
• Indianapolis Motor Speedway, Indianapolis

• Indiana State University, Terre Haute, IN
• Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN
• Hundreds of Indiana and Iowa high school projects
• IUPUI, Indianapolis
• University of Indianapolis, Indianapolis
• University of Iowa, Iowa City
• Iowa State University, Ames
• Prairie Meadow Racetrack & Casino, Altoona, IA
• University of Evansville, Evansville, IN
• Indianapolis Indians, Indianapolis
• Churchill Downs, Louisville, KY
• Ellis Park Race Track, Henderson, KY
• University of Louisville, Louisville, KY
• Kent State University, Kent OH

tel 800-325-8766 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4700
Copyright©2012 Daktronics SL-04980 Rev 02 22 May 2012
Paul Wildeman
Paul Wildeman became the manager of the Daktronics Sales &
Service office in San Antonio, TX, in September 1994. Since
then the office has grown substantially. His territory now
includes all of south Texas.
Wildeman received a bachelor of science degree in

mechanical engineering from South Dakota State University
in Brookings, SD, in 1992. In January 1993, he joined the
Daktronics team and trained in the Seattle Daktronics Sales
& Service office. In May of 2002, he earned a master of
business administration degree from the University of Texas at
San Antonio.
In addition to his technical expertise, Wildeman has developed

a firm grasp of Daktronics’ product offerings. He has been
instrumental in helping customers in all of Daktronics’ major
market niches select appropriate programmable display
systems.
Projects he has been involved with include:

• Texas House of Representatives - voting system
• Southwest Texas University - scoreboards and message centers
• Judson ISD - scoreboards and message centers
• Galena Park ISD - video displays
• Laredo ISD - video displays
• Edinburg ISD - video displays
• Westlake High School - video displays
“The outstanding quality and reputation of Daktronics gives me great confidence to do my job,”
Wildeman

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
Clark McAdams
Clark McAdams is Regional Service Manager for the
New England region. His work includes installation,
supervision and technical support for Daktronics displays.
McAdams joined Daktronics in 1994 and previously

designed electrical systems for scoring systems. He also
developed an AIA-qualified program that he presents
to architects for continuing education on electrical
requirements for scoreboards and large screen video
displays.
McAdams is a graduate of Southern Illinois University in

Carbondale, Ill., with a Bachelor of Science degree in
industrial engineering. He has taken addition course work
through National Electric Code (NEC) seminars.
Major projects McAdams has contributed to while working at Daktronics include:

• New England Patriots & New England Revolution - Gillette Stadium - Massachusetts
• New York Yankees - New Yankee Stadium
• New York Mets - Citi Field
• Detroit Lions - Ford Field - Michigan
• Cincinnati Reds - Great American Ballpark - Ohio
• Boston Red Sox - Fenway Park - Massachusetts
• New Meadlands Stadium - New Jersey
• Minnesota Wild - Xcel Energy Center - Minnesota
• Cincinnati Bengals - Paul Brown Stadium - Ohio
• Cleveland Browns - Cleveland Browns Stadium - Ohio
• Philips Arena - Atlanta, Georgia
• Tampa Bay Buccaneers - Raymond James Stadium - Florida
• Tampa Bay Rays - Tropicana Field - Forida
• Arizona Diamondbacks - Chase Field - Phoenix, Arizona

tel 800-325-8766 605-697-4300 fax 605-697-4700
Larry Gerjets
Larry Gerjets works with credit and collection in the High Schools, Parks & Recreation (HSPR) market at Daktronics.
He is responsible for the extension of credit to new and existing customers and the oversee collection of amounts
owed to Daktronics by HSPR customers.
Gerjets has been in his current position since 2007. Previously, Gerjets held a position with corporate accounting/
credit, responsible for the extension of credit to customers in all Daktronics markets.

tel 800-325-8766 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4746
Copyright © 2011 Daktronics DD2133006 Rev 00 101311
Daktronics Service Partner Map
Specific information on service partners can be found at: Service Partner Google Map
OUR COMPANY
MADE IN THE USA
From conception through design and manufacture, the entire production
process of scoreboards and displays occurs in the Brookings, South
Dakota plant. As manufacturing processes become more efficient,
Daktronics is delivering more products than ever before while maintaining
the highest standards of quality. Daktronics manufacturing facilities
include component assembly, electronic assembly, printed circuit
board fabrication, welding, painting, final assembly and testing.
›› Founded in 1968, Daktronics has experienced 46 years of innovation and growth

›› Local service from factory certified technicians across the country
›› Complete line of scoring and timing products, sound systems and video displays
›› Financial stability with a publicly traded corporation (NASDAQ: DAKT)
›› Experience with tens of thousands of displays installed worldwide
›› Design assistance and dedicated project management
›› A history of on-time, on-budget performance
›› Ongoing research and development
›› Unmatched technical expertise
›› Installation supervision
Company History
Daktronics was founded December 9, 1968, by Drs. Aelred Kurtenbach and Duane Sander, professors of Electrical
Engineering at South Dakota State University in Brookings, S.D. The original goal of the company was to offer
an alternative to university graduates who were leaving the area for greater opportunities. The company has
grown steadily since then. It is organized into Commercial, Live Events, Schools and Theatres, Transportation and
International business units.
Daktronics began with the design and manufacture of electronic voting systems for state legislatures. The first was
installed in the Utah House of Representatives in 1971. This was the first of many Daktronics legislative voting
systems installed throughout the country.
With the help of wrestling coaches, Daktronics developed the patented Matside® wrestling scoreboard in the early
1970s. This three-sided scoreboard, designed for the arena floor, lets fans, referees and competitors see scores
and times without turning away and without missing any action. Today, Matside® scoreboards are used at many
major wrestling tournaments. The development of this unique wrestling scoreboard led Daktronics into the design
of the most complete line of digital numeric scoreboards available today.
Daktronics’ next logical step forward was to manufacture time and temperature displays and computer-programmable
message/animation systems using solid-state circuitry and incandescent lamps. During the 1970s, 1980s, and
much of the 1990s, Daktronics systems primarily used incandescent lamp technology. Today light emitting diode
(LED) technology is the superior lighting element for Daktronics displays. Many retail and service establishments,
convenience stores, financial institutions, third part advertising companies and non-retail entities utilize Daktronics
systems. The Commercial Business Unit works with resellers, national accounts and billboard companies to place
popular Galaxy® message displays, Valo® digital billboards and other types of displays.
Daktronics offers the most complete line of large screen programmable displays available from any single
manufacturer, with systems capable of showing text information to full video capability, with monochrome
technologies to those with the capability to show live video in trillions of shades of color. Some of world’s most
iconic displays were designed and manufactured by Daktronics, including the landmark Coca-Cola spectacular
and the display system for the prominent financial institution at 745 Seventh Avenue, both in Times Square.
Large integrated scoring, timing, display and sound systems, some as part of a complete campus-wide visual
communication package, were the next step in Daktronics evolution. More than 1,000 universities have installed
Daktronics scoreboards and displays. Some prestigious collegiate installations include integrated super systems at
the University of Minnesota, University of Florida, Oklahoma University, Clemson University and the University of
Texas. Professional sports teams and facilities are also customers of Daktronics. Daktronics keeps score at Yankee
Stadium, the Charlotte Bobcats Arena, Busch Stadium in St. Louis, the SuperDome in New Orleans, and many
others.
In 1978, Daktronics was awarded an important contract to supply nine major scoreboards for the 1980 Olympic
Winter Games in Lake Placid, New York. Since then Daktronics has supplied scoreboards at many international
competitions, including Olympic events in 1988, 1992, 1994, 1996, 2000, 2002, 2004 and 2008. At thousands
of locations in nearly 100 countries on six continents, Daktronics equipment is keeping the score.
(continued on the following page)
201 Daktronics Drive Brookings, SD 57006

tel 800-325-8766 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4700
Copyright © 2004-2009 Daktronics SL-01295 Rev 04 030210 pg. 1 of 2
Intelligent Transportation Systems provide improved transportation safety and mobility through the use of advanced
communications technologies. Daktronics assists state departments of transportation and other agencies in
developing and improving their transportation systems by supplying popular NTCIP-compliant Vanguard® displays
and control systems.
The Daktronics engineering and product development departments align closely with the company’s primary
business units: Schools and Theatres, Commercial, Transportation and Live Events. These groups are leaders in
product design and development, and continually add new features and design new products to meet the specific
needs of Daktronics’ customers.
In 1997, Daktronics introduced one of the first full-color LED video systems. Since that time, the company has
continually improved its display and control technologies. Today Daktronics is the premier supplier of full-color
LED video displays with thousands of video screens installed at major sports venues like the Indianapolis Motor
Speedway, at collegiate facilities nationwide, in Times Square in New York, in Las Vegas, and at other sites
throughout the world, including Piccadilly Circus in London and at the Kuwait Stock Exchange. The flexibility
of LED video technology allows for not only traditional rectangular screens, but irregular-shaped and curved
displays. One of the most unique video displays in the world was designed and built by Daktronics for the Grand
Lisboa Resort Hotel in Macau, in which ProPixel® freeform LED technology was used to populate the exterior of a
giant egg-shaped building.
Daktronics subsidiaries permit greater control over the quality of system components and to allow for truly integrated
systems from a single supplier. Star Circuits, a subsidiary acquired in 1987, designs and manufactures circuit
boards used in Daktronics displays. In 2001, Daktronics acquired Keyframe® Creative Services to better serve
the sports and entertainment markets. In 2005, Daktronics acquired Dodge Electronics, a sound system designer
and manufacturer. In 2006, the company acquired Hoffend & Sons Inc., a leading designer and manufacturer of
Vortek® hoist and rigging systems.
Daktronics has always believed in taking care of its customers. Over the years it has developed a network of
company owned sales and service offices through the U.S. and other parts of the world. Along with independent
resellers and authorized service companies, this service network provides technical and installation support for
Daktronics customers. This large and capable network of service providers is backed by a talented group at
corporate headquarters.
Daktronics primary manufacturing facilities are located in Brookings, S.D., Sioux Falls, S.D. and Redwood Falls,
Minn. The company’s stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol DAKT. For more
information visit www.daktronics.com.
201 Daktronics Drive Brookings, SD 57006

tel 800-325-8766 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4700
Copyright © 2004-2009 Daktronics SL-01295 Rev 04 030210 pg. 2 of 2
DAKTRONICS COMPANY ORGANIZATION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CEO & PRESIDENT
SALES & MARKETING ENGINEERING MANUFACTURING ADMINISTRATION
PRIMARY MARKETS
CUSTOMER VIDEO • Purchasing ACCOUNTING
SERVICE • High School PRODUCTS • Manufacturing Stores
Park & Rec.
• Star Circuits PERSONNEL
• Live Events
TECHNICAL SPORT • Metal Fabrication
• Large Sports PRODUCTS • Painting
SERVICES Venues INFORMATION
• Electronic Assembly TECHNOLOGY &
• Mobile &
COMMERCIAL • Manufacturing Graphics SYSTEMS
CREATIVE Modular
PRODUCTS • High School Park & Rec
SERVICES • Spectaculars Manufacturing ADMINISTRATION
• Commercial • Live Events & Spectaculars
SALES • Resellers TRANSPORTATION
Manufacturing NOTE:
PRODUCTS
ADMINISTRATION • National • Audio Systems Manufacturing Daktronics operates and
reports on its business
Accounts • Commercial under five units:
PRODUCT
PROJECT • Billboards Manufacturing • Schools and Theatres
RELIABILITY LAB • Live Events
MANAGEMENT • Transportation • Galaxy® Product Line
• Commercial
• Billboard Product Line • Transportation
• Transportation Systems • International
Manufacturing
• Vortek® Rigging & Hoists
Manufacturing
331 32nd Avenue, PO Box 5128, Brookings, SD 57006
tel 800-325-8766 or 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4700 • Shipping
www.daktronics.com email: sales@daktronics.com
Copyright © 2012 Daktronics SL-01926 Rev 11 073112
AEPA Form D, Marketing Item 3
DAKTRONICS PARTNERS WITH WASHINGTON KING COUNTY

DIRECTORS' ASSOCIATION (KCDA) TO OFFER SCHOOLS GREAT SAVINGS
WHO CAN JOIN KCDA? HOW DO I PURCHASE?

›› Public Schools ›› Talk with your local Daktronics sales representative
to receive a customized quote for your project
›› Private Schools
›› Charter schools/public school academies ›› Reference AEPA bid #IFB 012-H
›› Colleges, universities and post-secondary institutions HOW DO I GET MORE INFORMATION?
›› City, townships and village government
›› On products available from Daktronics www.daktronics.com
›› County and state government agencies
›› On King County Directors' Association: http://kcda.org
WHAT’S THE BENEFIT OF PURCHASING ›› Contact your local Daktronics representatives
FROM DAKTRONICS THROUGH KCDA?
›› SAVE MONEY!
Daktronics offers discounts off its regular prices
when purchased through the program KYLE WILLIAMS
›› SAVE TIME!
All contracts are competitively bid so there is no Kyle.Williams@daktronics.com
need to search multiple websites for suitable contracts 206-612-8384
JOE RICHER
Joe.Richer@daktronics.com
509-290-1625
W W W. DAK TRO N I CS.COM

201 Daktronics Drive PO Box 5128 Brookings, South Dakota 57006-5128
1-800-DAKTRONICS 800-325-8766 605-692-0200 fax 605-697-4700
email sales@daktronics.com DD2850671 05262015
AEPA Form D, Marketing Item 3
SCOREBOARDS
LED (light emitting diode)
technology for excellent visibility.
Complete line of scoreboards for

indoor and outdoor sports.
DISPLAYS
LED message displays show text,
graphics, animations and recorded
video in amazingly true-to-life images.
Various sizes and configurations

so there is a perfect size and color
combination for each facility.
VIDEO
LED video displays show animations,
statistics, advertisements and live
video in 4.3 trillion colors.
Affordable solution for smaller

facilities looking for a professional
live video experience.
SOUND
Daktronics audio systems integrate into
the design of the scoreboard and can
include advertising or logo panels.
Ensure excellent sound projection,

clear and intelligible speech and a
powerful audio experience.
AEPA Form D, Environmental Initiatives Item 1
Sustainability involves much
more than just creating an
energy-efficient product.
daktronics corporate
sustainability
With more than four decades of ongoing research driving changes in our technology, Daktronics understands that sustainability
involves much more than just creating an energy-efficient product—it’s an ongoing commitment that must reach all levels of a
company, from its manufacturing to its customers, in order to make a true impact.
Whether it’s aggressively eliminating corporate waste within our operations or actively educating customers on energy-efficient
display management, the Daktronics environmental philosophy entails a multi-faceted approach to sustainability that strives to
optimize our technology, educate our customers, reduce our corporate waste and stay actively involved in our community to
ensure a brighter, greener tomorrow.
Our Technology
• Reducing energy consumption by using the highest quality, most energy-efficient LEDs available.
• Implementing Power Factor Correction (PFC) technology to maximize the efficiency of all display
power connections.
• Offering SunWize solar power options on select Daktronics products.
• Creating RoHS-ready products completely devoid of mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium (Cr6+),
polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) and other hazardous materials.
Our company
• Eliminating corporate waste through automation and LEAN manufacturing principles.
• Dedicating staff towards environmental stewardship and compliance.
• Aggressively recycling all eligible office and industrial materials.
• An ongoing commitment to developing energy-efficient, environmentally friendly products.
Our Customers
• Recycling older customer systems (both Daktronics and non-Daktronics) through licensed recycling paths.
• Educating display operators on energy-efficient display management techniques.
• Minimizing local light pollution through advanced LED louver technology.
• Strict compliance with all local, state and federal environmental and safety legislations.
Our Community
• Actively participating in community sustainability efforts and recycling programs.
• Partnering with the United Way to donate money and resources to community charities.
• Cleaning up local highways through a partnership with the Adopt-a-Highway program.
• Building a greener tomorrow by supporting and promoting community green projects.
Copyright © 2009 Daktronics DD1579014

DigitalGreen
DisplaysLED
for Technology
Municipalities
Daktronics’ Commitment to Green Technology
oing green has never been easier than with Daktronics’ light emitting diode
(LED) powered digital displays. Sign users are flocking to this energy-efficient,
long-lasting, luminous technology. Daktronics’ unique pixel layout maximizes
today’s extra-bright LEDs. Daktronics signs integrate all of the advantages of LED technology:
• Lower monthly power bill and tax cuts

• Less maintenance
• High application efficiency (see page two)
• Environmental friendliness
According to Paul Gilk, head of the commercial engineering department at

Daktronics, “Daktronics is committed to using the latest green technology,
including the most energy-efficient LEDs from top-quality LED suppliers.”
LED lighting has been so influential in the world of sustainable technology that
the inventor of light emitting diodes was awarded the world’s most prestigious
technology award, the Millennium Technology Prize in 2006.
Proof in the Numbers

Lifetime in Hours
100,000
The durability and energy-efficiency of LEDs is great

80,000
for your wallet as well as your conscience.
A lower monthly power bill can add up to significant
60,000
savings over the life of a display.
HOURS
• According to Home-Electrical Suite 101. 40,000

com, “LED bulbs burn very cool, while
incandescent bulbs emit 98 percent of their
20,000
energy as heat!”
• In addition to the increased conservation of 0
energy, LEDs are also longer lasting. While LED FLUORESCENT INCANDESCENT
incandescent light bulbs typically last around

1,000 hours and fluorescents are good for
roughly 10,000 hours, LED lights can last from
50,000 to 100,000 hours.
• An article titled “Get Green” in Convenience
Store News, said “It’s estimated that LED
bulbs last 10 times as long as compact fluorescents and 133 times longer than
incandescent bulbs.” These numbers make it easy to see that LED is the most
efficient form of lighting technology commercially available today.
DigitalGreen
DisplaysLED
for Technology
Municipalities
Digital signage offersCommitment
Daktronics’ knock-out versatility
to Green and potential
Technology
Application Efficiency
The United States Department of Energy conducted numerous studies comparing the efficiency
of LED lighting with other light sources. According to the DOE website, one important aspect of
evaluating a light source is the application efficiency.
Application Efficiency:
“The desired luminance level and lighting quality for a given application achieved with the lowest
practicable energy input.”
Because LEDs emit light in a specific direction, they have higher application efficiency. The DOE
website states, “Fluorescent and standard ‘bulb’ shaped incandescent lamps emit light in all
directions. Much of the light produced by the lamp is lost within the fixture, reabsorbed by the
lamp, or escapes from the fixture in a direction that is not useful for the intended application.”
This means that LED displays incorporate the ideal amounts of brightness and energy efficiency.
Light emitted in specific direction Light emitted in all directions
What’s Your Green Reputation?

Using green LED technology will not only save money on energy, but increase sales because of
consumer demand for environmentally-friendly corporate tactics. The green revolution
is a largely consumer-driven effort, marked by activism and dedication from grass-roots
organizations. In a survey of over 2,000 adults by the branding and marketing agency BBMG,
7 out of 10 people said a company’s environmental practices affected their decision about where
to shop. These responses demonstrate the level of importance consumers hold for companies to
act in a socially responsible way. Using LED technology to power your sign is a great first step to
environmental friendliness.

tel 888-325-8766 605-692-0200 ext 56219 fax 605-692-0381
www.daktronics.com email commercial@daktronics.com
Copyright © 2008 Daktronics DD1364528 Rev 01 040208 Page 2 of 2
2015 ANNUAL REPORT
2015 LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS
Overall, we had a successful Fiscal 2015. Sales exceeded $615 million in this 53-week fiscal year, surpassing pre-economic down turn
years and setting a record sales level for the company. This sales volume reflects the health of digital system solutions in the global
marketplace. Another positive milestone, our International business earned over $100 million in sales, a result of our on-going strategy
and investment in growing our International market share. In August of 2014, we acquired a company in Ireland focused on the
transportation market in Europe and the United States. While International sales for the newly named “Daktronics Ireland” approximated
only $8 million for Fiscal 2015, the knowledge and product platforms acquired will be leveraged to further grow our transportation sales
outside of the US.
Live Events sales remained strong reflecting the trend of professional and college sports arenas upgrading to new, larger, and higher
resolution systems in order to attract, entertain, and inform their fans. We expect this level of sales to continue in the near-term.
Sales increased in the Commercial business unit relating to digital billboard and spectacular solutions. While our on premise solution
sales were down for the year, we are optimistic for our new product line release in Fiscal 2016 and the continued positive economic
conditions creating continued opportunities.
During the Fiscal 2015, we changed our name of the Schools and Theatres business unit to High School Park and Recreation (HSPR)
due to the sale of the rigging and theatrical portion of the business. HSPR sales improved year over year due to inclusion of video
systems in the sports side of the business, and the increased size of many of these projects. HSPR message center sales remained strong.
These systems are used by schools to communicate with students, parents, and the public.
Transportation business unit sales were down mainly due to project timing and uncertainty in the federal Highway and Transportation
funding Act of 2014. This is a key funding source for state projects that include intelligent transportation display and control systems.
We believe sales levels will increase in the future.
While sales levels improved, our overall operating margin, while positive, declined year over year. This decrease was caused by many
factors, including:
 Our overall mix of business – FY2015 had a significantly higher amount of large project work, and this work had increased
amounts of subcontracting which is done at a lower gross margin than our product work.
 Capacity constraints experienced during our fiscal Q2. We were fortunate to win more orders than expected, but then needed
to spend more to fulfill these orders to meet critical customer deadlines.
 Increased operating costs.
 Continued competitiveness within our business.
In all our business areas, we also have natural replacement cycles as these products have a known end a life. This combined with the
general economic conditions are conducive for continued modest growth in demand from the marketplace. We match this demand with
a broad range of applications, services, and solutions, offering our customers high degrees of reliability and performance. While the
market is set for growth, we understand we need sustained profitability to capitalize on this opportunity. We continue to focus on
improving our operating margins and growing profitably over the long-term and have continuing efforts to achieve these goals; the
benefits, however, will take time to realize.
With this said, we are not alone in seeing the opportunities and we live in a competitive marketplace. Many others are seeing the positive
demand picture and continue to compete aggressively in this business. Our competitive field has been stable, but in the last fiscal year
there have been some consolidations and acquisitions which may have some impact on us. Also, as our international business increases,
we are influenced to a greater degree by economic conditions across the globe. One such condition is the cost pressure in wages and
benefits that has and will have impact on our costs in the coming quarters. While there are some regional and role variations, this is a
general trend in South Dakota, the US, and many international markets. These economic conditions are a reality, but we believe our
market reputation, product portfolio, and internal capabilities put us in a strong, enviable position.
We are focused on succeeding in this business and have a number of product introductions coming this next year to serve the demand
for transportation solutions, higher resolution video systems, and specific customer requests – through our ongoing investment in our
product and control system platforms. We are focused on continuous improvement methodologies in our manufacturing and services
areas to create efficiencies which drive cost savings and improves the experience for our customers. To support our initiatives, we
Page | 1
continue to make selected capital investments to support new product lines and automation as we size our capacity to the overall market.
Work also continues on forecasting and planning tools to maximize profitability as we continue to grow volumes and revenue.
We see ways to improve future profitability, although we do not believe it will be a smooth path. While we are focused on improving
operating margin year over year, we believe that seasonal variability along with the influence of large projects will continue to affect
individual quarters and fiscal years. The good news is our markets are growing and we have products and solutions to meet industry
demand.
Overall our markets are dynamic and the underlying fundamentals are strong. While the market is competitive, we remain optimistic
about the future of opportunities and expansion in our business.
Reece A. Kurtenbach
Chairman of the Board
President and Chief Executive Officer
Page | 2
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Daktronics is the world’s largest supplier of large screen video displays, electronic scoreboards, LED text and graphics displays, and
related control systems, services and products. We excel in the control of display systems, including those that require integration of
multiple complex displays showing real-time information, graphics, animation and video. We design, manufacture, sell and service
display systems for customers around the world through five business units: Live Events, Commercial, Schools and Theatres,
Transportation and International. Our customers value our products for their customer and fan experience, and the ability to generate
revenues and inform their audiences. Our products have been installed in venues from grade school gyms to premier sports facilities,
destination sites and in over 100 countries throughout the world. We serve our customers through a network of offices in the United
States, Canada, United Kingdom, Germany, France, United Arab Emirates, Australia, China, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Singapore,
Brazil, Australia, Belgium, Ireland and Macau.
We employ approximately 2,700 full-time and part-time employees. As a manufacturer and technical contractor, Daktronics markets
standard display products and customized displays and sound systems. We believe our engineering capabilities are second to none in
the industry. We are committed to on-going product development to find new applications for our products and expand the markets we
serve. Daktronics stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol DAKT.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share price data.)
FY2011 FY2012 FY2013 FY2014 FY2015

Net sales $441,676 $489,526 $518,322 $551,970 $615,942
Gross profit 111,484 113,437 133,894 141,710 144,579
Operating expenses 91,957 103,162 103,294 105,153 113,294
Operating income (loss) 19,527 10,275 30,600 36,557 31,285
Net income (loss) 14,244 8,489 22,779 22,207 20,882
Gross profit percentage 25.2% 23.2% 25.8% 25.7% 23.5%
Operating margin percentage 4.4% 2.1% 5.9% 6.6% 5.1%
Weighted average shares outstanding 42,277 42,304 42,621 43,762 44,443
Earnings per share (diluted) 0.34 0.20 0.53 0.51 0.47
Cash dividend per share 0.60 0.62 0.73 0.39 0.40
Working capital $128,160 $119,833 $125,456 $140,532 $149,075

Total assets 327,847 315,967 319,418 357,451 379,478
Shareholders' equity 203,102 190,805 188,246 203,119 212,039
Backlog 131,000 123,000 141,000 172,000 190,507
Product design and development $18,949 $23,507 $23,131 $23,375 $24,652

Capital expenditures 9,386 16,524 9,674 13,519 21,837
Depreciation & Amortization 19,641 17,518 15,607 14,501 14,968
Cash flow from operations 41,346 20,038 50,749 36,199 53,168
Regular Dividend per share 0.10 0.22 0.23 0.39 0.40
Special Dividend per share 0.50 0.40 0.50 - -
Employees as of year-end:
Full-time 2,141 2,300 2,213 2,278 2,419
Part-time and students 481 519 404 387 363
Stock price during fiscal year:
High $ 17.30 $ 11.81 $ 12.40 $ 15.80 $ 14.47
Low 7.30 7.68 6.39 9.63 10.03
Stock price at fiscal year end 10.72 8.46 9.57 13.06 10.75
Page | 3
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD–LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (including exhibits and any information incorporated by reference herein) (the "Form 10-K") contains
both historical and forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The statements contained in this report
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and Section 21B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions
and strategies for the future. These statements appear in a number of places in this Report and include all statements that are not historical
statements of fact regarding the intent, belief or current expectations with respect to, among other things: (i.) our competition; (ii.) our
financing plans; (iii.) trends affecting our financial condition or results of operations; (iv.) our growth strategy and operating strategy;
(v.) the declaration and payment of dividends; (vi.) the timing and magnitude of future contracts; (vii.) parts shortages and lead times;
(viii.) fluctuations in margins; (ix.) the seasonality of our business; and (x.) the introduction of new products and technology. The words
“may,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “plans” and similar expressions
and variations thereof are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking
statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risk and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control,
and that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors discussed
herein, including those discussed in the section of this Form 10-K entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and those factors discussed in detail in our other filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
PART I.
Item 1. BUSINESS
Business Overview
Daktronics Inc. (the “Company”, “Daktronics”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) is the world’s leading supplier of electronic scoreboards, large
electronic display systems, digital messaging solutions, software and services for sporting, commercial and transportation
applications. We serve our customers by providing the highest quality standard display products as well as custom-designed and integrated
systems. We offer a complete line of products, from small scoreboards and electronic displays to large multi-million dollar video display
systems as well as related control, timing, and sound systems. We are recognized as a technical leader with the capabilities to design,
market, manufacture, install and service complete integrated systems displaying real-time data, graphics, animation and video.
We were founded in 1968 by Drs. Aelred Kurtenbach and Duane Sander, professors of electrical engineering at South Dakota State
University in Brookings, South Dakota. The Company began with the design and manufacture of electronic voting systems for state
legislatures. In 1971, Daktronics developed the patented Matside® wrestling scoreboard, the first product in the Company's growing
and evolving line. In 1994, Daktronics became a publicly traded company, offering shares under the symbol DAKT on the NASDAQ
National Market system. Today, Daktronics has grown from a small company operating out of a garage to the world leader, offering the
most complete product lineup in the display industry.
We have organized our business into five segments: Commercial, Live Events, High School Park and Recreation, Transportation, and
International. These segments are based on the type of customer or geography and are the same as our business units. Financial information
concerning these segments is set forth in this Form 10-K in "Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and "Note 2. Segment Reporting to the Consolidated Financial Statements" of the Notes to our Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.
We make significant investments to complement and develop our existing innovative, high quality products. We strive to grow into new
geographic markets by strategically adding resources and emerging markets. Two of our targeted acquisitions were in fiscal 2014 and
2015; these acquisitions support our long-term growth objective which is to increase sales and profitability. For more information
regarding these acquisitions, see "Note 4. Business Combinations" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this Form 10-K.
Our annual, quarterly and current reports and any amendments to those reports are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) and are available at http://investor.daktronics.com. We post each of these documents on our website as soon as reasonably
practicable after it is electronically filed with the SEC. These reports also may be found on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Information
contained on our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Report or filed with the SEC.
Industry Background
Over the years, our products have evolved significantly from scoreboards and matrix displays and related software applications to complex,
integrated visual display systems which include full color video, text and graphics displays located on a local or remote network that are
Page |4
tied together through sophisticated control systems. In the mid-1990's, as light emitting diodes (“LEDs”) became available in red, blue
and green colors with outdoor brightness, we pioneered the development of full color LED video displays capable of replicating trillions
of colors, thereby producing large format video systems with excellent color, brightness, energy efficiency and lifetime. Due to our
foundation of developing scoring and graphics display systems, we were able to add video capabilities so all of our customers' large
format display needs could be met in a complete, integrated system. This has proved to be a key factor in Daktronics becoming a leader
in large electronic displays.
Description of Business
We are engaged in a full range of activities: marketing and sales, engineering and product development, manufacturing, technical
contracting, professional services and customer service and support. Each of those activities is described below:
Marketing and Sales. Our sales force is comprised of direct sales staff and resellers located throughout the world supporting all customer
types in both sales and service. We primarily use a direct sales force for large integrated display systems sales in professional sports,
colleges and universities, and commercial spectacular projects. We use our direct sales force to sell third-party advertising and
transportation applications. We utilize resellers outside North America for large integrated system sales where we do not have a direct
sales presence. The majority of the products sold by resellers in North America are standard catalog products. We support our resellers
through direct mail advertising, trade journal advertising, product and installation training, trade show exhibitions and accessibility to
our regional sales or service teams.
Engineering and Product Development. The large format electronic display industry is characterized by ongoing product innovations
and developments in technology and complementary services. To remain competitive, we have a tradition of applying engineering
resources throughout our business to anticipate and respond rapidly to the system needs in the marketplace. We employ engineers and
technicians in the areas of mechanical and electrical design; applications engineering; software design; and customer and product
support. We assign product managers to each product family to assist our sales staff in training and implementing product improvements
which ensures each product is designed for maximum reliability and serviceability.
Manufacturing. A majority of our products are manufactured in South Dakota and Minnesota in the United States. We also have
manufacturing facilities in China, Belgium, and Ireland. For more details on our facilities, see "Item 2, Properties."
Our manufacturing is aligned with our business segments and is co-located with product development to accelerate technology
improvements and improve our cost structure. We perform component manufacturing and system manufacturing (metal fabrication,
electronic assembly, sub-assembly and final assembly) and testing in-house for most of our products to control quality, improve response
time and maximize cost-effectiveness. We make our products in focused factories and product cells. We generally align sales, marketing,
engineering and manufacturing into a cohesive business unit with a focus on customers. Given the cyclical nature of some parts of our
business, we also need to balance and maintain our ability to manufacture the same products across our plants so we can smooth out the
customer demand of the various business units. A key strategy of ours is to increase standardization and commonality of parts and
manufacturing processes across product lines through product platform strategies.
Our manufacturing facilities have embraced lean manufacturing techniques throughout all areas. We have also placed significant emphasis
on lean techniques in the non-manufacturing areas. Our goal is to eliminate waste and timely deliver products to a customer while
maintaining minimal inventory and eliminating non-value added tasks.
Technical Contracting. We serve as a technical contractor for larger display system installations requiring custom designs and innovative
product solutions. The purchase of display systems typically involves competitive proposals. As part of our response to a proposal
request, we may suggest additional products or features to assist the prospective customer in analyzing the optimal type of display
system. We usually include in our proposal site preparation and installation services related to the display system. In these cases, we
serve as a contractor and may retain subcontractors for electrical, steel and installation labor. We have developed relationships with many
subcontractors throughout the United States and the world, which is an advantage for us in bidding and delivering on these projects. We
are licensed in a number of jurisdictions as a general contractor.
Professional Services. Our professional services are essential to continued market penetration and growth. Professional services we
provide include event support, content creation, product maintenance, marketing assistance, training on hardware and software, control
room design, and continuing technical support for operators.
Customer Service and Support. We offer limited warranties on our products, ranging from one to 10 years, against failure due to defective
parts or workmanship. In addition, we offer service agreements of various scopes. To serve our customers we provide help-desk access,
parts repair and replacement, display monitoring and on-site support. Our technical help desk has experienced technicians who are on-
call 24 hours a day to support events and sites. Our field service personnel and third-party service partners are trained to provide on-site
support. We use third-party service partners to allow us to respond to changes in volume of service during our seasonal peaks.
Page |5
Products and Technologies
The two principal components of our systems are the display and the controller, which manages the operation of the display. We produce
displays varying in complexity, size and resolution. The physical dimensions of a display depend on the size of the viewing area, the
distance from the viewer to the display, and the amount and type of information to be displayed. The controller uses computer hardware
and software products to compile information provided by the operator and other integrated sources to process information, graphics or
animation on the displays. We customize our products according to the design specifications of the customer and the conditions of the
environment in which our products function.
Our products are comprised of the following product families, all of which include control systems and software:
• Video displays
• Scoreboards and timing systems
• Message displays
• ITS (intelligent transportation systems) dynamic message signs
• Space availability displays
• Audio systems
• Advertising displays
• Digit and price displays
Each of these product families is described below:
Video Displays. These displays are comprised of a large number of full-color pixels capable of showing various levels of video, graphics
and animation plus controllers. These displays include red, green and blue LEDs arranged in various combinations to form pixels. The
electronic circuitry which controls the pixels allows for variances in the relative brightness of each LED to provide a full color spectrum,
thereby displaying video images in striking, vibrant colors. Variables in video displays include the spacing of the pixels (pixel pitch),
the resolution of the displays (number of pixels), the brightness of the displays (nits), the number of discrete colors the display is able to
produce (color depth), the viewing angles, and the LED mount technology (surface mount vs. through hole).
Our LED ribbon board displays are ultra-slim, customizable displays that accommodate curved and 360° installations. These displays
are used for end zones, sidelines, encircling a stadium, outfields, concourses, stadium exterior or other linear applications. For new
construction projects, our ProRail® attachment system is combined with ribbon board technology to provide improved sight lines for
fans. Digital ribbon boards generally serve as a revenue generation source for teams and facilities through advertising, as well as another
location to display information such as scoring and statistics.
Our mobile and modular display systems are transportable and are comprised of lightweight individual LED video panels less than a
square meter in size and are assembled together to form a display in a customizable size. These displays are used for touring shows and
the events market.
We integrate our display technology with architectural mesh to deliver a dynamic communication medium that provides a semi-transparent
viewing experience within a building. These displays can be mounted over a solid facade or in front of windows resulting in a finished
solution that is free from visible cabling, and deliver a clean, semi-transparent view. These are less than one inch in depth and provide
an elegant, refined structural appearance.
Our line of Freeform LED displays are architectural lighting and display products. The ProPixel® freeform products use mountable LED
elements to transform ordinary structures into stunning visual landmarks. A flexible mounting platform allows designers to transform
any structure into a full-motion video display.
The control components for video displays in live event applications are our Show Control Software Suite, proprietary digital media
players and video processors. These control components provide advanced capabilities for the display of live video and real time content
on our displays. The Show Control Software Suite can operate entire networks of displays from a single, intuitive control interface.
Features allow users to instantly deliver media clips, camera feeds, and streaming information to any display in a network.
Scoreboards and Timing Systems. Our line of scoreboards and timing products include indoor and outdoor scoreboards for many different
sports, digit displays, scoring and timing controllers, statistics software and other related products. Indoor and outdoor systems range in
complexity from small scoreboards to larger systems incorporating scoring, timing, video, message centers, advertising panels and control
software.
Page |6
We offer a variety of controllers complementing our scoreboards and displays. These controllers vary in complexity from the All Sport®
100, a handheld controller for portable scoreboards, to the All Sport® 5000, designed for more sophisticated scoring systems and allowing
for more user-defined options.
We also offer timing systems for sports events, primarily aquatics and track competitions. A component of these systems is our
OmniSport® 2000 timing console. The system has the capability to time and rank the competitors and to interface with event management
software to facilitate the sporting event. Other timing system components include swimming touchpads, race start systems, and relay
take-off platforms.
As a key component of an integrated system, we market sports statistics and results software under the DakStats® trademark. The
software allows the entry and display of sports statistics and other information. It is one of the leading applications of its type in collegiate
and high school sports.
Message Displays. The key product lines in this group are the Galaxy® and GalaxyPro® and are generally controlled with our Venus®
1500 display controller.
Galaxy® full-matrix displays, available in both indoor and outdoor models, are our leading product line for commercial
applications. Galaxy® displays are full color, monochrome, or tri-color, with varying pixel spacing depending on color, size and viewing
distance. They are used primarily as message centers to convey information and advertising to consumers.
GalaxyPro® displays are full-matrix outdoor displays capable of displaying text, graphics and animation, as well as prerecorded video
clips. The product was developed to meet the video needs of the commercial market, primarily large retail market applications such as
auto dealerships and shopping centers. GalaxyPro® displays have varying pixel spacing and are capable of producing 68 billion colors.
The Venus® 1500 display control software is used to control the creation of messages and graphic sequences for downloading to the
Galaxy® and GalaxyPro® displays. This software is designed to be user friendly and applicable to all general advertising or message
applications. We also provide software kits, allowing system integrators to write their own software using the Venus® 1500 to
communicate to the displays.
ITS Dynamic Message Signs (DMS). DMS products include a wide range of LED displays for road management, mass transit and aviation
applications. The Vanguard® family of dynamic message displays is typically used to direct traffic and inform motorists. These displays
are used over freeways, on arterial roads, near bridges, at toll booths and in other locations. We have also developed a control system
for these displays to help transportation agencies manage large networks of displays.
Space Availability Displays. This product line is our digit and directional displays, which are primarily marketed and sold for use in
parking facilities. They include multi-line displays delivered in vertical cabinets or drop-in digit panels designed to be mounted in existing
structures or signs.
Audio Systems. Our audio systems include both standard and custom options. Standard audio systems are designed to meet the needs
of a variety of outdoor sports venues based on the size and configuration of the facility. Custom indoor and outdoor systems are for larger
venues and venues with unique seating configurations. Our sound systems are often integrated into an overall venue solution for scoring,
timing, message display and/or video capability.
Advertising Displays. Our line of advertising displays includes billboards and street furniture displays.
Our line of static and digital billboards offers a unique display solution for the Out-of-Home (“OOH”) advertising industry. The products
are used to display static images which change at regular intervals. These systems include many features unique to the outdoor advertising
market, such as our patented mounting system, self-adjusting brightness, improved energy consumption, and enhanced network security.
The Visiconn® system is the software application for controlling content and playback loops for digital billboard applications. This
system can transform any Internet-ready computer into a secure, global control center for multiple LED displays, flat panel monitors and
other display technologies.
Our line of street furniture engages people with advertising content at eye level as they walk through campuses, cityscapes, and outlet
malls. This design enhances the message and complements surrounding architecture. These advertising light boxes are our most flexible
solution for static, scrolling and digital OOH campaigns.
Digit and Price Displays. The product line includes our DataTime® and Fuelight™ displays. The DataTime® product line consists of
outdoor time and temperature displays which use a remote sensor for temperature data. Fuelight™ digit displays are specifically designed
for the petroleum industry, offering high visibility and quick fuel price updates using the Fuelink™ control software.
Page |7
Raw Materials
Materials used in the production of our video display system are sourced from around the world. We source some of our materials from
a limited number of suppliers due to the proprietary nature of the material. The loss of a key supplier or a defect in the supplied material
could have an adverse impact on our business and operations. Our sourcing group works to implement strategies to mitigate these risks.
Periodically, we enter into pricing agreements or purchasing contracts under which we agree to purchase a minimum amount of product
in exchange for guaranteed price terms over the length of the contract, which generally does not exceed one year.
Intellectual Property
We own or hold licenses to use numerous patents, copyrights, and trademarks on a global basis. Our policy is to protect our competitive
position by filing U.S. and international patent applications to protect technology and improvements that we consider important to the
development of our business. This will allow us to pursue infringement claims against competitors for protection due to patent violations.
We also rely on nondisclosure agreements with our employees and agents to protect our intellectual property. Despite these intellectual
property protections, there can be no assurance a competitor will not copy the functions or features of our products.
Seasonality
Our net sales and profitability historically have fluctuated due to the impact of large project orders, such as display systems for professional
sports facilities, colleges and universities, and spectacular projects in the commercial area, as well as the seasonality of the sports market.
Large project orders can include a number of displays, controllers, and subcontracted structure builds, each of which can occur on varied
schedules according to the customer's needs. Net sales and gross profit percentages also have fluctuated due to other seasonal factors,
including the impact of holidays, which primarily affects our third quarter.
Our gross margins on large custom and large standard orders tend to fluctuate more than on small standard orders. Large product orders
involving competitive bidding and substantial subcontract work for product installation generally have lower gross margins. Although
we follow the percentage of completion method of recognizing revenues for large custom orders, we nevertheless have experienced
fluctuations in operating results and expect our future results of operations will be subject to similar fluctuations.
Working Capital
For information regarding working capital items, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
Customers
We have a large and diverse worldwide customer base, ranging from local main street business owners to the owners and operators of
premier professional sports arenas. Our customers are important to us, and we strive to serve them over the long-term to earn their future
business. The loss of one or more customers could have an adverse effect on us. While we are not economically dependent on any single
customer, within our Commercial business unit, two major customers account for more than 50 percent of sales in our digital billboard
niche. See "Note 2. Segment Reporting" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K for our
primary markets and customers of each business unit.
Backlog
Our backlog consists of contractually obligating sales agreements or purchase orders we expect to fill within the next 24 months. Orders
are booked and included in backlog only upon receipt of an executed contract and any required deposits. Because order backlog may be
subject to extended delivery schedules, orders may be canceled, and orders have varied estimated profitability, our backlog is not necessarily
indicative of future net sales or net income. Backlog can fluctuate due to large order booking timing and seasonality. Backlog is not a
measure defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and our methodology for determining backlog may vary from the
methodology used by other companies in determining their backlog amounts.
Government and Other Regulation
In the United States and other countries, various laws, regulations and ordinances restrict the installation of outdoor signs and displays,
particularly in the commercial market. These laws and regulations impose greater restrictions on electronic displays versus non-electronic
displays due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety. These factors may prevent or inhibit us from selling products to some
prospective customers.
Page |8
Our manufacturing facilities and products comply with industry specific requirements, including United States environmental rules and
regulations and safety standards. The safety standards are developed by the Underwriters Laboratories in the United States. We comply
with these standards as well as similar standards in other countries. These requirements include quality, manufacturing process controls,
manufacturing documentation and supplier certification of raw materials. Our products and production processes require the storage,
use and disposal of a variety of hazardous chemicals under applicable laws. We believe we are in material compliance with these
requirements.
Our supply chain and sales distribution channels subject us to various trade compliance regulations. We have developed and implemented
trade compliance procedures to assure that we adhere to these regulations.
Competition
We encounter a wide variety of competitors that vary by product, geographic area, and business unit. Our competitors are both U.S. and
foreign companies and range in size and product offerings. Some of our competitors compete in some markets by providing lower-cost
display systems, which are of a lesser quality with lower product performance or less customer support. Other competitors use sponsorships
as a means to win the business at a location.
We believe that our ability to compete depends upon product quality and features, technical expertise, offering a broad range of services,
and providing cost-effective solutions to our customers.
Research and Development
We believe our engineering and product development capability and experience are very important factors to continue to develop the
most up-to-date digital displays and control system solutions desired by the market.
Employees
As of May 2, 2015, we employed approximately 2,420 full-time employees and approximately 330 part-time and temporary employees. Of
these employees, approximately 1,040 were in manufacturing, 560 were in sales and marketing, 520 were in customer service, 380 were
in engineering and 250 were in general and administrative. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining
agreement. We believe employee relations are good.
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
The factors that are discussed below, as well as the matters that are generally set forth in this Form 10-K and the documents incorporated
by reference herein, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
We operate in highly competitive markets and face significant competition and pricing pressure. If we are unable to keep up
with the rapidly changing product market or compete effectively, we could lose market share, and our results of operations could
be negatively impacted.
The electronic display industry is characterized by ongoing product improvement, innovations and development. We compete against
products produced in foreign countries and the U.S. In addition, our products also compete with other forms of advertising, such as
television, print media and fixed display signs. Our competitors may develop cheaper, more efficient products, or they may be willing
to charge lower prices to increase their market share. Some competitors have more capital and other resources, which may allow them
to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements. To remain competitive, we
must anticipate and respond quickly to our customers’ needs, enhance our existing products, introduce new products and features, and
continue to price our products competitively.
Our quarterly results of operations can be substantially affected by whether we are awarded large contracts and the size and
timing of large contracts.
Our quarterly revenues and earnings have varied in the past and are likely to vary in the future. When awarded large contracts, primarily
in the college and professional sports facilities market, the OOH niche, and the large spectacular niche, the timing and amount could
cause material fluctuations in our net sales and earnings. Awards of large contracts and their timing and amount are difficult to predict,
may not be repeatable, and are outside of our control. Operating results in one quarter may not be indicative of future operating results.
Some factors that may cause our operating results to vary include:
• new product introductions;

• variations in product and product mix; and
Page |9
• delays or cancellations of orders.
Unanticipated warranty and other costs for defective products could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations and reputation.
We provide warranties on our products with terms varying from one to 10 years. In addition, we offer extended warranties. These
warranties require us to repair or replace faulty products and meet certain performance standards, among other customary warranty
provisions. Although we continually monitor our warranty claims and provide a reserve for estimated warranty costs, an unanticipated
claim could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. In some cases, we may be able to subrogate a claim back to a
subcontractor or supplier if the subcontractor or supplier supplied the defective product or performed the service, but this may not always
be possible. In addition, the need to repair or replace products with design and manufacturing defects could adversely affect our reputation.
We enter into fixed-priced contracts on a regular basis, which could reduce our profits.
As part of our strategy, we enter into capped or fixed-price contracts. Because of the complexity of many of our client contracts, accurately
estimating the cost, scope and duration of a particular contract can be a difficult task. If our actual costs exceed original estimates on
fixed-price contracts, our profits will be reduced. Because of the large scale, customer timelines, seasonality of our business or long
duration of some contracts, unanticipated cost increases may occur as a result of several factors including, but not limited to: increases
in the cost or shortages of materials or labor; unanticipated technical problems; required project modifications not initiated by the customer;
suppliers’ or subcontractors’ failure to perform or delay in performing their obligations; and additional costs due to capacity constraints. In
addition to increased costs, these factors could delay delivery of products which may result in the assessment of liquidated
damages. Unanticipated costs that we are unable to pass on to our customers or our payment of liquidated damages under fixed contracts
would negatively impact our profits.
Backlog may not be indicative of future revenue or profitability.
Many of our products have long sales, delivery and acceptance cycles. In addition, our backlog is subject to order cancellations and
delays. Orders normally contain cancellation provisions to permit our recovery of costs expended and a pro-rata portion of the profit. If
projects are delayed, revenue recognition can occur over longer periods of time, and projects may remain in the backlog for extended
periods of time. If we receive relatively large orders in any given quarter, fluctuations in the levels of the quarterly backlog can result
because the backlog may reach levels which may not be sustained in subsequent quarters.
Unanticipated events resulting in credit losses could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.
Significant portions of our sales are to customers who place large orders for custom products. We closely monitor the credit worthiness
of our customers and have not, to date, experienced significant credit losses. We mitigate our exposure to credit risk, to some extent, by
requiring deposits, payments prior to shipment, progress payments and letters of credit. However, because some of our exposure to credit
losses is outside of our control, unanticipated events resulting in credit losses could have a material adverse impact on our operating
results.
We depend on a single-source or a limited number of suppliers for our raw materials and components, and the loss of any of these
suppliers or an increase in cost of raw materials could harm our business.
We obtain some of our raw materials from one or limited number of suppliers. If we cannot obtain key raw materials from our suppliers,
the raw materials may not be readily available from other suppliers, other suppliers may not agree to supply the materials to us on terms
as favorable as the terms we currently receive, or the raw materials from any other suppliers may not be of adequate and consistent quality.
Although we believe our supply of raw materials is adequate for the needs of our business, we cannot assure that new sources of supply
will be available when needed. Any interruption in our supply of raw materials could affect our ability to manufacture our products until
a new source of supply is located and; therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
In addition, we purchase various raw materials and components in order to manufacture our products. Historically, fluctuations in the
prices of these raw materials and components have not had a material impact on our business. In the future, however, if we experience
increases in the price of raw materials and components and are unable to pass on those increases to our customers, it could negatively
affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our international operations are exposed to additional risks and uncertainties, including unfavorable political developments,
weak foreign economies, and compliance with foreign governmental requirements, which may impact our results of operations.
Page |10
For the 2015, 2014, and 2013 fiscal years, revenue outside the United States represented approximately 19.7%, 17.8%, and 17.0% of our
consolidated net sales, respectively. Our operations and earnings throughout the world have been and may in the future be adversely
affected by changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations, or other activities of U.S. and foreign governments,
agencies, and similar organizations. These conditions include, but are not limited to, changes in a country's or region's economic or
political conditions; trade regulations affecting production, pricing and marketing of products; local labor conditions and regulations;
reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some countries; changes in the regulatory or legal environment; restrictions and
fluctuations on currency exchange activities; and burdensome taxes and tariffs and other trade barriers. International risks and uncertainties
also include changing social and economic conditions, terrorism, political hostilities and war, difficultly in enforcing agreements or
collecting receivables and increased transportation and other shipping costs. The likelihood of such occurrences and their overall effect
on us vary greatly from country to country and are not predictable. These factors may result in a decline in net sales or profitability and
could adversely affect our ability to expand our business outside of the United States.
Our future results may be affected by legal compliance risks related to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-
bribery and anti-corruption laws for the countries in which we operate.
We are required to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits United States companies from engaging in bribery
or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. It also requires us to maintain
specific record-keeping standards and adequate internal accounting controls. In addition, we are subject to similar requirements in other
countries. Bribery, corruption, and trade laws and regulations, and the enforcement thereof, are increasing in frequency, complexity and
severity on a global basis. Although we have internal policies and procedures with the intention of assuring compliance with these laws
and regulations, our employees, contractors, agents and licensees involved in our international sales may take actions in violations of
such policies. If our internal controls and compliance program do not adequately prevent or deter our employees, agents, distributors,
suppliers and other third parties with whom we do business from violating anti-bribery, anti-corruption or similar laws and regulations,
we may incur severe fines, penalties and reputational damage.
We may fail to continue to attract, develop and retain key management personnel, which could negatively impact our operating
results.
We depend on the performance of our senior executives and key employees, including experienced and skilled technical personnel. The
loss of any of our senior executives could negatively impact our operating results and ability to execute our business strategy. Our future
success will also depend upon our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain qualified personnel.
We may not be able to utilize our capacity efficiently or accurately plan our capacity requirements, which may negatively affect
our business and operating results.
We increase our production capacity and the overhead supporting production based on anticipated market demand. Market demand,
however, has not always developed as expected or remained at a consistent level. This underutilization risk can potentially decrease our
profitability and impairment of certain assets.
The following factors are among those that could complicate capacity planning for market demand:
• changes in the demand for and mix of products that our customers buy;
• our ability to add and train our manufacturing staff in advance of demand;
• the market’s pace of technological change;
• variability in our manufacturing productivity; and
• long lead times for our plant and equipment expenditures.
We have been required to conduct a good faith reasonable country of origin analysis on our use of “conflict minerals,” which has
imposed and may impose additional costs on us and could raise reputational challenges and other risks.
The SEC has promulgated final rules in connection with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act regarding
disclosure of the use of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining
countries. As required, we filed Forms SD in May 2014 and May 2015 reporting on the source of conflict minerals we use, and we will
be required to file a Form SD annually. We incurred costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements. As we continue
our due diligence, we may face reputational challenges if we are unable to verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products.
We may also encounter challenges in our efforts to satisfy customers that may require all of the components of products purchased to be
certified as conflict free. If we are not able to meet customer requirements, customers may choose to disqualify us as a supplier.
Our actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used to prepare our financial statements, which could have
a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Page |11
Our management is required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") to make estimates and assumptions as of
the dates of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the recognition of contract revenue, costs, profits or losses
in applying the principles of percentage of completion; estimated amounts for warranty costs, the collectability of billed and unbilled
accounts receivable and the amount of any allowance for doubtful accounts; the amount of estimated liabilities; the valuation of assets
acquired plus liabilities, goodwill, and intangible assets assumed in acquisitions; and the valuation of stock-based compensation.
If our internal control over financial reporting is found to be inadequate, our financial results may not be accurate, raising
concerns for investors and potentially adversely affecting our stock price.
Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls
over financial reporting. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting
and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the
review and evaluation, implementing improvements, or receiving a positive attestation from our independent registered public accounting
firm. In addition, our assessment of internal controls may identify deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting or other
matters which may raise concerns for investors and therefore adversely affect our stock price.
If goodwill or other intangible assets in connection with our acquisitions become impaired, we could take significant non-cash
charges against earnings.
We have pursued and will continue to seek potential acquisitions to complement and expand our existing businesses, increase our revenues
and profitability, and expand our markets. As a result of prior acquisitions, we have goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our
balance sheet as described in "Note 6. Long-Lived Assets" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form
10-K. Under current accounting guidelines, we must assess, at least annually, whether the value of goodwill and other intangible assets
has been impaired. Any reduction or impairment of the value of goodwill or other intangible assets will result in additional charges
against earnings, which could adversely affect our results of operations in future periods.
Acquisitions and divestitures pose financial, management and other risks and challenges.
We routinely explore acquiring other businesses and assets. Periodically, we may also consider disposing of certain assets, subsidiaries,
or lines of business. Acquisitions or divestitures present financial, managerial and operational challenges. These include, but are not
limited to, the following:
• diversion of management attention;

• difficulty with integrating acquired businesses;
• difficulty with the integration of different corporate cultures;
• personnel issues;
• increased expenses;
• assumption of unknown liabilities and indemnification obligations;
• potential disputes with the buyers or sellers;
• the time involved in evaluating or modifying the financial systems of an acquired business; and
• establishment of internal controls.
There can be no assurance that we will engage in any acquisitions or divestitures or that we will be able to do so on terms that will result
in any expected benefits.
The terms and conditions of our credit facility impose restrictions on our operations, and if we default on our credit facility, it
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and make us vulnerable to adverse
economic or industry conditions.
The terms and conditions of our credit facilities impose restrictions limiting our ability to incur debt, merge, sell assets, make distributions
(including cash dividends) and create or incur liens. The availability of credit facilities is also subject to certain covenants as explained
in “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” A breach of any of these covenants
could result in an event of default under our credit facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lender could elect to declare
any and all amounts outstanding under such facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further
credit.
In addition, it is anticipated that borrowings from our existing credit facilities and cash provided by operating activities should provide
sufficient funds to finance our capital expenditures, working capital and otherwise meet operating expenses and debt service
requirements. However, if additional capital is required, there can be no assurance we will be able to obtain such capital when needed
Page |12
or on satisfactory terms. Also, market conditions can negatively impact our clients' ability to fund their projects and can impact our
vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors and may not allow them to perform their obligations to us.
If we became unable to obtain adequate surety bonding or letters of credit, it could adversely affect our ability to bid on new
work, which could have a material adverse effect on our future revenue and business prospects.
In line with industry practice, we are often required to provide performance and surety bonds to customers and may be required to provide
letters of credit. These bonds and letters of credit provide credit support for the client if we fail to perform our obligations under the
contract. If security is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain a bond or letter of credit on terms acceptable to us,
we may not be able to pursue that project. In addition, bonding may be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at
significant additional cost as a result of general conditions that affect the insurance and bonding markets.
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights effectively, or we may infringe upon the intellectual property of
others, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
We rely on a variety of intellectual property rights we use in our products and services. We may not be able to successfully preserve our
intellectual property rights in the future, and these rights could be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In particular, the laws of
certain countries in which our products are sold do not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws
of the United States. If litigation is necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to
determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources.
In addition, intellectual property of others also has an impact on our ability to offer some of our products and services for specific uses
or at competitive prices. Competitor's patents or other intellectual property may limit our ability to offer products or services to our
customers. Any infringement or claimed infringement of the intellectual property rights of others could result in litigation and adversely
affect our ability to continue to provide, or could increase the cost of providing, products and services.
The outcome of pending and future claims or litigation can have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition,
and results of operations.
We can be a party to litigation in the normal course of business. Litigation and regulatory proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties,
and unfavorable rulings can and do occur. Pending or future claims against us could result in professional liability, product liability,
criminal liability, warranty obligations or other liabilities to the extent we are not insured against a loss or our insurance fails to provide
adequate coverage. Also, a well-publicized actual or perceived problem could adversely affect our reputation and reduce the demand for
our products.
Our data systems could fail or their security could be compromised.
Any failure of our data systems, or any breach of our systems’ security measures, could adversely affect our operations, at least until our
data can be restored and/or the breaches remediated.
The protections we have adopted and to which we are subject may discourage takeover offers favored by our shareholders.
Our articles of incorporation, by-laws and other corporate governance documents and the South Dakota Business Corporation Act (SD
Act) contain provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect and discourage, delay or prevent a change in control or an acquisition that
many shareholders may find attractive. These provisions make it more difficult for our shareholders to take some corporate actions. These
provisions relate to:
• the ability of our Board of Directors to issue undesignated shares on terms and with the rights, preferences and designations
determined by the Board without shareholder action;
• the classification of our Board of Directors, which effectively prevents shareholders from electing a majority of the directors at
any one meeting of shareholders;
• the adoption of a shareholder rights plan providing for the exercise of common stock purchase rights when a person becomes
the beneficial owner of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock (subject to certain exceptions);
• under the SD Act, limitations on the voting rights of shares acquired in specified types of acquisitions and restrictions on specified
types of business combinations; and
• under the SD Act, prohibitions against engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a period of
four years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder unless the business combination
is approved.
Page |13
These provisions may deny shareholders the receipt of a premium on their common stock, which in turn may have a depressive effect
on the market price of our common stock.
Our common stock has at times been thinly traded, which may result in low liquidity and price volatility.
The daily trading volume of our common stock has at times been relatively low. If this were to occur in the future, the liquidity and
appreciation of our common stock may not meet our shareholders’ expectations, and the prices at which our stock trades may be volatile.
The market price of our common stock could be adversely impacted as a result of sales by existing shareholders of a large number of
shares of common stock in the market or by the perception such sales could cause.
Significant changes in the market price of our common stock could result in securities litigation claims against us.
The market price of our common stock has fluctuated and will likely continue to fluctuate, and in the past, companies that have experienced
significant changes in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation claims. We may be the target of this type
of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from
other business concerns, which could harm our business.
Our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to
our shareholders for approval.
Dr. Aelred Kurtenbach served as our Chairman of the Board until September 3, 2014, when he retired. Mr. Reece Kurtenbach, Dr. Aelred
Kurtenbach's son, serves as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, Dr. Aelred Kurtenbach has two other children who
serve as our Vice President of Human Resources and as our Vice President of Manufacturing. Together, these individuals, in the aggregate,
beneficially owned 8.6 percent of our outstanding common stock as of June 15, 2015, assuming the exercise by them of all of their options
that were currently exercisable or that vest within 60 days of June 15, 2015. In addition, our other executive officers and directors, in
the aggregate, beneficially owned an additional 4.9 percent of our outstanding common stock as of June 15, 2015, assuming the exercise
by them of all of their options currently exercisable or that vest within 60 days of June 15, 2015. While this does not represent a majority
of our outstanding common stock, if these shareholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to significantly influence all
matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose
to act together, could significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially
all of our assets or other business combination or reorganization. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition
of us on terms that other shareholders may desire. The interests of this group of shareholders may not always coincide with the interests
of other shareholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other shareholders,
including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.
Unexpected events, including natural disasters, may increase our cost of doing business or disrupt our operations.
The occurrence of one or more unexpected events, including war, terrorist acts, fires, tornadoes, floods and severe weather in the United
States or in other countries in which we operate may disrupt our operations as well as the operations of our customers. Such acts could
create additional uncertainties, forcing customers to reduce, delay, or cancel already planned projects. These events could result in damage
to, and a complete or partial closure of, one or more of our manufacturing facilities, which could make it difficult to supply our customers
with product and provide our employees with work thereby adversely affecting our business, operating results or financial condition.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
Our principal real estate properties are located in areas we deem necessary to meet sales, service and operating requirements. We consider
all of our properties to be both suitable and adequate to meet our requirements for the foreseeable future. A description of our principal
facilities is set forth below:
Page |14
Owned or Square
Facilities Leased Footage Facility Activities
Brookings, SD Owned 773,000 Corporate Office, Manufacturing, Sales, Service
Redwood Falls, MN Owned 120,000 Manufacturing, Sales, Service, Office
Rupelmonde, Belgium Owned 40,000 Manufacturing, Sales, Service, Office
Ennistymon, Ireland Owned 44,000 Manufacturing, Sales, Service, Office
Sioux Falls, SD Leased 145,000 Manufacturing, Sales, Service, Office
Shanghai, China Leased 90,500 Manufacturing, Sales, Service, Office
The remaining sales and service offices located throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, South America, and the Asia-Pacific
regions are small offices, generally consisting of less than 10,000 square feet leased under operating leases. These lease obligations
expire on various dates, with the longest commitment extending to fiscal 2019. We believe all of our leases will be renewable at market
terms, at our discretion or that suitable alternative space will be available to lease under similar terms and conditions. See "Note 17.
Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Form 10-K for further information
on lease obligations.
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved in a variety of legal actions relating to various matters during the normal course of business. Although we are unable
to predict the ultimate outcome of these legal actions, it is the opinion of management that the disposition of these matters, taken as a
whole, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
Page |15
PART II
Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DAKT.” As of June 15, 2015, we had 1,164
shareholders of record. Following are the high and low sales prices for our common stock for each quarter within the last two fiscal
years.
Fiscal Year 2015 Fiscal Year 2014
Sales Price Cash Sales Price Cash
Dividends Dividends
High Low Declared High Low Declared
st
1 Quarter $ 14.47 $ 11.05 $ 0.10 $ 11.49 $ 9.63 $ 0.12
2nd Quarter 13.68 11.02 0.10 12.35 10.45 0.09
3rd Quarter 13.87 11.48 0.10 15.80 11.73 0.09
4th Quarter 13.05 10.03 0.10 14.63 13.06 0.09
On May 29, 2015, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend payment of $0.10 per share payable on June 23, 2015 to holders
of record of our common stock on June 12, 2015.
Although we expect to continue to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, any and all subsequent dividends will be reviewed regularly
and declared by the Board at its discretion. In addition, our credit facility imposes limitations on our ability to pay dividends as further
described in “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital
Resources.”
Performance Graph
The following graph shows changes during the period from May 1, 2010 to May 2, 2015 in the value of $100 invested in: (1) our common
stock; (2) The NASDAQ Composite; and (3) the Standard and Poor's 600 Index for Electronic Equipment Manufacturers. The values
of each investment as of the dates indicated are based on share prices plus any cash dividends, with the dividends reinvested on the date
they were paid. The calculations exclude trading commissions and taxes.
Page |16
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (in thousands, except per share data)
The table below provides selected historical financial data, which should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, which are included in Items 7 and 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statement of operations data for the
fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013 and the balance sheet data at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014 are
derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The
statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended April 28, 2012 and April 30, 2011 and the balance sheet data at April 27, 2013,
April 28, 2012 and April 30, 2011 are derived from audited financial statements that are not included in this Form 10-K.
2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales $ 615,942 $ 551,970 $ 518,322 $ 489,526 $ 441,676
Gross profit 144,579 141,710 133,894 113,437 111,484
Gross profit margin 23.5% 25.7% 25.8% 23.2% 25.2%
Operating income 31,285 36,557 30,600 10,275 19,527
Operating margin 5.1% 6.6% 5.9% 2.1% 4.4%
Net income 20,882 22,206 22,779 8,489 14,244
Diluted earnings per share 0.47 0.51 0.53 0.20 0.34
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding 44,443 43,762 42,621 42,304 42,277
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital $ 149,075 $ 140,532 $ 125,456 $ 119,833 $ 128,160
Total assets 379,479 357,451 319,418 315,967 327,847
Total long-term liabilities 25,420 20,624 16,480 15,989 15,083
Total shareholders' equity 212,039 203,119 188,246 190,805 203,102
Cash dividends per share 0.40 0.39 0.73 0.62 0.60
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS
The following discussion provides our highlights and commentary related to factors impacting our financial conditions and further
describes the results of operations. The most significant risks and uncertainties are discussed in "Item 1A. Risk Factors."
This discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
Our mission is to be the world leader at informing and entertaining audiences through dynamic audio-visual communication systems.
We measure our success through estimated market share based on estimated market demand for digital displays and profitability over
the long-term. Our success is contingent on the depth and quality of our products, including related control systems, the depth of our
service offerings and our technology serving these market demands. These qualities are important for our long-term success because our
products have finite lifetimes and we strive to win replacement business from existing customers.
The global market place and adoption of digital solutions has expanded over the years. As the market matures, product pricing has been
a barrier to entry for more participants in the market. The marketplace continues to expand the use of digital technology in a wide variety
of applications. With this positive demand, strong competition exists across all of our business units, which causes margin constraints.
Projects with revenues exceeding $1.0 million also attract competition, which generally reduces profitability. In addition, as a result of
the lower sales prices, we must sell more products to generate the same or greater level of net sales in future years.
We organize around customer segments and geographic regions as further described in "Note 2. Segment Reporting" of the Notes to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K. Each of our business units is impacted by adverse economic conditions
in different ways and to different degrees. Each business unit also has unique key growth drivers and challenges, as described below.
Page |17
Commercial Business Unit: Over the long-term, we believe growth in the Commercial business unit will result from a number of factors,
including:
• Standard display product market growth due to market adoption and lower product costs, which drive marketplace expansion.
Standard display products are used to attract or communicate with customers and potential customers of retail, commercial, and
other establishments. Pricing and economic conditions impact our success in this business unit. We utilize a reseller network
to distribute our standard products.
• National accounts standard display market opportunities due to their desire to communicate their message, advertising and
content consistently across the country. Increased demand is possible from retailers, quick serve restaurants, petroleum
businesses, and other nationwide organizations.
• Increasing interest in spectaculars, which include very large and sometimes highly customized displays as part of entertainment
venues such as casinos, amusement parks and Times Square type locations.
• The introduction of architectural lighting products for commercial buildings, which real estate owners use to add accents or
effects to an entire side or circumference of a building to communicate messages or to decorate the building.
• The continued deployment of digital billboards as out-of-home ("OOH") companies continue developing new sites and start to
replace digital billboards which are reaching end of life. This is dependent on there being no adverse changes in the digital
billboard regulatory environment, which could restrict future deployments of billboards, as well as maintaining our current
market share of the business concentrated in a few large OOH companies.
• Replacement cycles within each of these areas.
Live Events Business Unit: Over the long-term, we believe growth in the Live Events business unit will result from a number of factors,
including:
• Facilities spending more on larger display systems to enhance the game-day and event experience for attendees.
• Lower product costs, driving an expansion of the marketplace.
• Our product and service offerings, which remain the most integrated and comprehensive offerings in the industry.
• The competitive nature of sports teams, which strive to out-perform their competitors with display systems.
• The desire for high-definition video displays, which typically drives larger displays or higher resolution displays, both of which
increase the average transaction size.
• Replacement cycles within each of these areas.
High School Park and Recreation Business Unit: Over the long-term, we believe growth in the High School Park and Recreation business
unit will result from a number of factors, including:
• Increased demand for video systems in high schools as school districts realize the revenue generating potential of these displays
versus traditional scoreboards.
• Increased demand for different types of displays, such as message centers at schools to communicate to students, parents and
the broader community.
• The use of more sophisticated displays in athletic facilities, such as aquatic venues in schools.
Transportation Business Unit: Over the long-term, we believe growth in the Transportation business unit will result from increasing
applications and acceptance of electronic displays to manage transportation systems, including roadway, airport, parking, transit and
other applications. Effective use of the United States transportation infrastructure requires intelligent transportation systems. This growth
is highly dependent on government spending, primarily by the federal government, along with the continuing acceptance of private/public
partnerships as an alternative funding source.
International Business Unit: Over the long-term, we believe growth in the International business unit will result from achieving greater
penetration in various geographies and building products more suited to individual markets. We are broadening our product offerings
into the transportation segment in Europe and the Middle East. We currently focus on third-party advertising market opportunities and
the factors listed in each of the other business units to the extent they apply outside the United States and Canada.
Page |18
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation
of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments which affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues
and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On a regular basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those
related to total costs on long-term construction-type contracts, costs to be incurred for product warranties and extended maintenance
contracts, bad debts, excess and obsolete inventory, income taxes, share-based compensation and contingencies. Our estimates are based
on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may differ from these estimates.
We believe the following critical accounting policies require significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated
financial statements:
Revenue recognition on long-term construction-type contracts. Earnings on construction-type contracts are recognized on the percentage-
of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract. Contract costs
include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance. Indirect costs include charges for such
items as facilities, engineering and project management. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period
such losses are capable of being estimated. Generally, construction-type contracts we enter into have fixed prices established, and to the
extent the actual costs to complete construction-type contracts are higher than the amounts estimated as of the date of the financial
statements, the resulting gross margin would be negatively affected in future quarters when we revise our estimates. Our practice is to
revise estimates as soon as such changes in estimates are known. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material
change in future estimates or assumptions we use to determine these estimates. We combine contracts for accounting purposes when
they are negotiated as a package with an overall profit margin objective, essentially represent an agreement to do a single project for a
customer, involve interrelated construction activities, and are performed concurrently or sequentially. When a group of contracts is
combined, revenue and profit are recognized uniformly over the performance of the combined projects. We segment revenues in
accordance with the contract segmenting criteria in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 650-35, Construction-Type and
Production-Type Contracts.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of
our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of
their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. To identify impairment in customers’ ability to pay, we review
aging reports, contact customers in connection with collection efforts and review other available information. Although we consider our
allowance for doubtful accounts adequate, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and impair their ability to make
payments to us, additional allowances may be required in future periods. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will
be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of May 2, 2015
and April 26, 2014, we had an allowance for doubtful accounts balance of approximately $2.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
Warranties. We have recognized a reserve for warranties on our products equal to our estimate of the actual costs to be incurred in
connection with our performance under the warranties. Generally, estimates are based on historical experience taking into account known
or expected changes. If we would become aware of an increase in our estimated warranty costs, additional reserves may become necessary,
resulting in an increase in costs of goods sold. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the
future estimates or assumptions we use to determine our reserve for warranties. As of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, we had
approximately $26.5 million and $27.3 million reserved for these costs, respectively.
Extended warranty and product maintenance. We recognize deferred revenue related to separately priced extended warranty and product
maintenance agreements. The deferred revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual term. If we would become aware of an increase
in our estimated costs under these agreements in excess of our deferred revenue, additional reserves may be necessary, resulting in an
increase in costs of goods sold. In determining if additional reserves are necessary, we examine cost trends on the contracts and other
information and compare them to the deferred revenue. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change
in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine estimated costs under these agreements. As of May 2, 2015 and April 26,
2014, we had $13.1 million and $13.8 million of deferred revenue related to separately priced extended warranty and product maintenance
agreements, respectively.
Inventory. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market refers to the current replacement cost, except market may not
exceed the net realizable value (that is, the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less reasonably predictable costs of
completion and disposal), and market is not less than the net realizable value reduced by an allowance for normal profit margins. In
valuing inventory, we estimate market value where it is believed to be the lower of cost or market, and any necessary changes are charged
to costs of goods sold in the period in which they occur. In determining market value, we review various factors such as current inventory
Page |19
levels, forecasted demand and technological obsolescence. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material
change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the estimated market value of inventory. However, if market conditions
change, including changes in technology, product components used in our products or expected sales, we may be exposed to unforeseen
losses which could be material.
Income taxes. We operate in multiple income tax jurisdictions both within the United States and internationally. Our annual tax rate is
determined based on our income, statutory tax rates and the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than for financial
reporting purposes in each tax jurisdiction. Tax laws require that certain items be included in the tax returns at different times than the
items are reflected in the financial statements. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in our
tax return, and some differences are temporary and reverse over time, such as depreciation expense. These temporary differences create
deferred tax assets and liabilities and reflect the enacted income tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to
reverse. We consider a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if it is "more likely than not" that some or all of the benefits will not
be realized.
Because we operate in multiple income tax jurisdictions both within the United States and internationally, management must determine
the appropriate allocation of income and expenses to each of these jurisdictions based on current interpretations of complex income tax
regulations.
Income tax authorities in all jurisdictions regularly perform audits of our income tax filings. Income tax audits associated with the
allocation of income, expenses and other complex issues, including transfer pricing methodologies, may require an extended period of
time to resolve and may result in significant income tax adjustments if changes to the income allocation are required between jurisdictions
with different income tax rates.
We have no deferred tax liability recognized relating to our investment in foreign subsidiaries where the earnings have been indefinitely
reinvested. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed untaxed earnings of a subsidiary will
be remitted to the United States, we will accrue a tax expense at the time of the remittance. We have approximately $10.4 million of
untaxed earnings which have indefinitely been reinvested.
Asset Impairment. Carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed at least annually for possible
impairment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. Our impairment review involves estimating the fair value
of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets using a combination of a market approach and an income (discounted cash flow)
approach at the reporting unit level, requiring significant management judgment with respect to revenue and expense growth rates, changes
in working capital, and the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate. The estimates of fair value of reporting units are based on
the best information available as of the date of the assessment. The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease estimated
discounted future operating cash flows and could increase or decrease any impairment charge. We use our judgment in assessing whether
assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests. Indicators such as adverse business conditions, economic factors
and technological change or competitive activities may signal an asset has become impaired.
Carrying values for long-lived tangible assets and definite-lived intangible assets, excluding goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible
assets, are reviewed for possible impairment as circumstances warrant in connection with ASC 360-10-05-4, Impairment or Disposal of
Long-Lived Assets. Impairment reviews are conducted when we believe a change in circumstances in the business or external factors
warrants a review. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the forecast
for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of negative operating cash flow, or an adverse change
in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may be indicators that trigger an impairment review. Our initial impairment
review to determine if a potential impairment charge is required is based on an undiscounted cash flow analysis at the lowest level for
which identifiable cash flows exist. The analysis requires judgment with respect to changes in technology, the continued success of
product lines, future volume, revenue and expense growth rates, and discount rates.
Share-based compensation. We use the Black-Scholes standard option pricing model (“Black-Scholes model”) to determine the fair
value of stock options and stock purchase rights. The determination of the fair value of the awards on the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes model is affected by our stock price as well as by assumptions regarding other variables, including projected employee stock
option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of our stock price in future periods, and expected dividend yield.
We analyze historical employee exercise and termination data to estimate the expected life assumption of a new employee option. We
believe historical data currently represents the best estimate of the expected life of a new employee option. The risk-free interest rate we
use is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected life of the options. We
estimate the expected volatility of our stock price in future periods by using the implied volatility in market traded options. Our decision
to use expected volatility was based on the availability of actively traded options for our common stock, and our assessment of expected
volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than the historical volatility of our common stock. We use an expected
dividend yield consistent with our dividend yield over the period of time we have paid dividends in the Black-Scholes option valuation
Page |20
model. The amount of share-based compensation expense we recognize during a period is based on the portion of the awards ultimately
expected to vest. We estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures at the time of grant by analyzing historical data, and we revise those estimates
in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
If factors change and we employ different assumptions for estimating share-based compensation expense in future periods or if we decide
to use a different valuation model, the expense in future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period
and could materially affect our net earnings and net earnings per share in a future period.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
For a summary of recently issued accounting pronouncements and the effects those pronouncements would have on our financial results,
see "Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this Form 10-K.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Daktronics Inc. operates on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year, with our fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to April 30 of each year. When
April 30 falls on a Wednesday, the fiscal year ends on the preceding Saturday. Within each fiscal year, each quarter is comprised of 13
week periods following the beginning of each fiscal year. In each 53 week year, an additional week is added to the first quarter and each
of the last three quarters is comprised of a 13 week period. Fiscal 2015 is a 53-week year; therefore, the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015
contained operating results for 53 weeks while the fiscal years ended April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013 contained operating results for
52 weeks.
Net Sales
May 2, April 26, April 27,

2015 2014 2015 vs 2014 2013 2014 vs 2013
Dollar Percent Dollar Percent
(dollars in thousands) Amount Amount Change Change Amount Change Change
Net Sales:
Commercial $ 165,793 $ 154,754 $ 11,039 7.1 % $ 144,596 $ 10,158 7.0 %
Live Events 231,877 197,246 34,631 17.6 % 158,562 38,684 24.4 %
High School Park and Recreation 67,657 59,531 8,126 13.7 % 66,128 (6,597) (10.0)%
Transportation 48,333 54,861 (6,528) (11.9)% 73,270 (18,409) (25.1)%
International 102,282 85,578 16,704 19.5 % 75,766 9,812 13.0 %
$ 615,942 $ 551,970 $ 63,972 11.6 % $ 518,322 $ 33,648 6.5 %
Orders:
Commercial $ 170,209 $ 155,840 $ 14,369 9.2 % $ 152,028 $ 3,812 2.5 %
Live Events 226,354 225,331 1,023 0.5 % 161,602 63,729 39.4 %
High School Park and Recreation 69,188 59,812 9,376 15.7 % 64,796 (4,984) (7.7)%
Transportation 50,845 49,057 1,788 3.6 % 73,426 (24,369) (33.2)%
International 114,977 87,094 27,883 32.0 % 80,158 6,936 8.7 %
$ 631,573 $ 577,134 $ 54,439 9.4 % $ 532,010 $ 45,124 8.5 %
Page |21
Sales and orders were impacted as a result of the 53-week fiscal year ended May 2, 2015 compared to the more common 52 week fiscal
year. The fiscal years ended April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013 contained 52 weeks. The additional week of sales constituted approximately
2% of the increase in sales for the 2015 fiscal year.
Fiscal Year 2015 as compared to Fiscal Year 2014
Commercial: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was the net result of an increase in sales in the billboard
niche due to the timing of orders and shipments. Weather related issues at our customers' billboard construction sites caused delayed
shipments and moved sales from fiscal 2014 into early fiscal 2015. Sales in our spectacular niche increased due to increased market
activity, which was offset by decreases in our on-premise and national account niches caused by the soft economic market.
The increase in orders for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily the net result of an increase in orders in our large custom
video contract niche due to increased market activity in this area. There was a slight increase in orders in our billboard niche, which
was offset by decreases in our on-premise and national account niches due to the soft economic market.
We continue to see adoption of video solutions in our Commercial business unit marketplace. We see opportunity for orders and sales
in our billboard, on-premise, and national account niches due to replacement cycles. A number of large custom video contract opportunities
are available in the marketplace. Due to a number of factors, such as the discretionary nature of customers committing to a system,
economic dependencies, and competitive factors, it is difficult to predict orders and net sales for fiscal 2016. We expect growth in this
business unit over the long-term, assuming favorable economic conditions.
Live Events: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to an increase the number of multi-
million dollar projects in professional sports stadiums used by Major League Baseball ("MLB"), the National Basketball Association
("NBA"), the National Football League ("NFL"), and the National Hockey League ("NHL"), which was offset by decreases in multi-
sport arenas and sales related to college and university venues.
Orders for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 were relatively flat.
We continue to see ongoing interest from venues at all levels to increase the size and capability of their display system in our Live Events
business unit marketplace. A number of factors, such as the discretionary nature of customers committing to upgrade systems, long
replacement cycles, and competitive factors make forecasting fiscal 2016 orders and net sales difficult. We expect growth in this business
unit over the long-term, assuming favorable economic conditions and that we are successful at counteracting competitive pressures.
High School Park and Recreation: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily the result of a difference
in order timing. We experienced many orders that were pushed out from our fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 into the first six months of
fiscal 2015. The increase in sales also is due to production and delivery on a higher volume of orders and an increase in service agreements.
Order transaction size also increased due to larger display sizes, which increased sales prices.
The increase in orders for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to higher orders of video and sound systems as some
orders pushed into the first six months of fiscal 2015 from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 due to customer timing, increased opportunities
in the market place, and an increase in the size of the display systems.
We continue to see opportunities to sell larger video systems and our classic scoring and message centers in fiscal 2016, primarily in high
school facilities which benefit from our sports marketing services that generate advertising revenue to fund the display systems and
because of schools' desires to communicate with students and parents. For the long term, we believe this market presents growth
opportunities as the economy continues to improve and larger video systems are adopted.
Transportation: The decrease in net sales for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily the result of sales recognized during
fiscal 2014 for three significant state transportation authorities and a significant transit project with no sales from recurring projects of a
similar size recognized during fiscal 2015. We believe some of the sales decline is due to the uncertainty in this market because of the
lack of clarity on the approval, timing and funding levels of the federal Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014.
The increase in orders for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to the timing of orders received from state transportation
authorities.
For fiscal 2016, we believe that the Transportation business unit's sales will increase due to a strong backlog going into fiscal 2016. A
number of factors, such as transportation funding, the competitive environment and various other factors, make forecasting orders and
net sales difficult. However, highways and public transit show growth in capital improvement projects that include dynamic message
signs. Without transportation funding, payments to states could be reduced and could have a negative impact on our sales and financial
results in the Transportation business unit.
Page |22
International: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was the net result of sales recognized for sports projects
in Europe and Australia, retail spectaculars, and OOH billboard and street furniture products. We believe the increased sales is a result
of our ongoing strategy to grow our international presence. In addition, Data Display's sales in the International business unit were
approximately $5.0 million for fiscal 2015; Data Display was not part of the International business unit in fiscal 2014.
The increase in orders for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to the increased amount of orders booked during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. These orders are related to all of our international markets; however, a major portion was due to an order
in the transportation market for over $12.0 million.
For fiscal 2016, we believe the International business unit has potential for sales growth as we penetrate markets with our established
sales networks and the pipeline of projects increases. In addition, the third-party advertising business continues to be strong worldwide,
and we see a definite shift to digital as prices for displays have come down. We continue to see an increase in our pipeline for large video
projects in sports and commercial applications and an increase in the projects using architectural lighting solutions. As with our other
business units, large video system projects cause difficulty in projecting fiscal 2016 results.
Backlog: The product order backlog as of May 2, 2015 was $190.5 million as compared to $171.6 million as of April 26, 2014. Historically,
our backlog varies due to the seasonality of our business, the timing of large projects, and customer delivery schedules for these orders.
The backlog decreased from one year ago in our Live Events and High School Park and Recreation business units and increased in our
other business units. Approximately $30.0 million of the backlog is expected to be realized in fiscal 2017 for a Live Events project.
Commercial: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the net result of:
• An increase of $6.0 million in sales of large custom video contracts. The level of large custom contract orders and sales in this
niche is subject to volatility.
• An increase of $4.7 million in sales in our reseller niche resulting from increased contract orders in shopping centers and malls
and civic and nonprofit niches.
• Relatively flat sales in our billboard niche.
Live Events: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the net result of:
• An increase of $40.0 million in sales in our large sports venue segment, resulting from $26.5 million in sales to NFL stadiums,
$18.4 million in sales to multi-sport arenas, and $4.3 million in sales to MLB stadiums. This was offset by decrease in sales to
minor league stadiums, NHL stadiums, and other various niches.
• A $1.3 million decrease in sales to mobile and modular customers.
High School Park and Recreation: The decrease in net sales for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the result of:
• Lower volume of sales from large video systems as a result of a decrease in the size and corresponding selling price of the video
displays ordered during fiscal 2014. The opportunities to book large video system orders vary from year to year, and it is hard
to predict. A number of factors, such as the discretionary nature of customers committing to upgrade products, impact order
volumes.
• The timing of purchase decisions that is impacted by economic factors.
Transportation: The decrease in net sales for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the result of:
• Recognized sales in the amount of $30.5 million during fiscal 2013 for two significant projects with no sales from recurring
projects of a similar size recognized during fiscal 2014.
• A slight increase in sales related to traditional transportation business in fiscal 2014.
International: The increase in net sales for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the net result of a higher beginning backlog for fiscal
2014 compared to fiscal 2013 and an increase of orders booked during fiscal 2014 converting into sales and progress on large projects.
We have been successful in sports application systems and commercial applications internationally. We completed the acquisition of
OPEN during the first quarter of fiscal 2014. OPEN's sales were included in the International business unit results and contributed $4.2
million of net sales during fiscal 2014.
Page |23
Gross Profit
Year Ended
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014 April 27, 2013
As a Percent As a Percent As a Percent
(dollars in thousands) Amount of Net Sales Amount of Net Sales Amount of Net Sales
Commercial $ 44,344 26.7% $ 44,974 29.1% $ 38,123 26.4%
Live Events 40,945 17.7 43,019 21.8 31,718 20.0
High School Park and
Recreation 21,561 31.9 16,202 27.2 18,601 28.1
Transportation 14,647 30.3 16,126 29.4 24,552 33.5
International 23,082 22.6 21,389 25.0 20,900 27.6
$ 144,579 23.5% $ 141,710 25.7% $ 133,894 25.8%
The gross profit percentage decreased for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. This decline was due to the mix of business; a number
of multi-million dollar projects that generally are more competitive and have lower profit margins and include a higher level of
subcontracted installations; additional spending due to capacity constraints in our second quarter; an increase in expenses for our acquisition
of Data Display during the year; and competitive pressures in the marketplace.
It is difficult to project gross profit levels for fiscal 2016 because of the uncertainty regarding the level of sales, the sales mix and timing,
and the competitive factors in our business. We are focused on improving our gross profit margins as we execute our strategies for
improved profitability which include enhanced capacity planning, releasing new product designs, and improved operational effectiveness
in the installation and services delivery areas. Although there are ways to improve profitability, we are experiencing cost pressures in
wages and benefits and increased pay in our U.S. manufacturing facilities at the beginning of fiscal 2016.
Commercial: The gross profit percent decrease in the Commercial business unit for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was the result
of the product mix of sales and manufacturing utilization, partially offset by lower warranty costs as a percent of sales.
Live Events: The gross profit percent decrease in the Live Events business unit for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was due to the
effects of an increased mix of large custom contracts, the related increased mix of subcontracted installation activity, and the higher
volume of business during the second quarter which stretched our capacity. In order to meet critical event dates for our sports customers,
we had additional costs related to overtime, expediting, and shipping. The installation activity generally lowers margins as we outsource
subcontracted on-site work at general contracting rates which have lower margins than in-house video equipment production.
High School Park and Recreation: The gross profit percent increase in the High School Park and Recreation business unit for fiscal 2015
compared to fiscal 2014 primarily was the result of overall gross margin improvement on contracts due to higher percentages of Daktronics
Sports Marketing ("DSM") projects and improved manufacturing utilization. In addition, in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we recognized
a $1.3 million gain on the sale of our theatre rigging division.
Transportation: The gross profit percent increase in the Transportation business unit for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily
the result of improved gross margins on contracts and standard orders and lower warranty costs as a percent of sales, partially offset by
a decline in our manufacturing utilization.
International: The gross profit percent decrease in the International business unit for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was the net
result of an overall gross margin decline on our large custom contracts, which generally have lower margins due to their competitive
nature and low utilization of our international manufacturing facilities, including the factory and related costs acquired with the Data
Display acquisition.
Page |24
The gross profit percentage remained flat for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.
Commercial: The gross profit percent increase in the Commercial business unit for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the result
of overall gross margin improvement on product sales mix and manufacturing utilization, which was offset by increased warranty costs.
Live Events: The gross profit percent increase in the Live Events business unit for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the result of
improved manufacturing utilization from increased sales, offset by slightly higher warranty costs. Large live events video projects are
competitively bid and generally result in lower overall margins from a sales mix perspective.
High School Park and Recreation: The gross profit percent decrease in the High School Park and Recreation business unit for fiscal
2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily was the result of lower volume of sales from video projects and increased warranty and
manufacturing costs.
Transportation: The gross profit percent decrease in the Transportation business unit for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily
the result of a lower volume of large custom projects and increased manufacturing costs, which was partially offset by lower warranty
costs.
International: The gross profit percent decrease in the International business unit for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was the net
result of a decrease in the gross margin on product sales and an increase in manufacturing costs related to our new manufacturing plant
in Belgium for third-party advertising displays, which was partially offset by lower warranty costs.
Selling Expenses
Year Ended
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014 April 27, 2013
As a As a As a
Percent of Percent Percent of Percent Percent of
(dollars in thousands) Amount Net Sales Change Amount Net Sales Change Amount Net Sales
Commercial $ 15,802 9.5% 7.8% $ 14,662 9.5% 5.6% $ 13,882 9.6%
Live Events 13,611 5.9 8.8 12,515 6.3 (1.0) 12,647 8.0
High School Park and
Recreation 10,436 15.4 (2.7) 10,727 18.0 2.6 10,451 15.8
Transportation 4,244 8.8 28.0 3,316 6.0 2.9 3,222 4.4
International 13,870 13.6 10.3 12,574 14.7 0.1 12,557 16.6
$ 57,963 9.4% 7.7% $ 53,794 9.7% 2.0% $ 52,759 10.2%
All areas of selling expenses were impacted as a result of the 53-week fiscal year ended May 2, 2015 compared to the more common
52 week fiscal year. The fiscal years ended April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013 contained 52 weeks.
Selling expenses consist primarily of salaries, other employee-related costs, travel and entertainment expenses, facilities-related costs for
sales and service offices, bad debt expenses, third-party commissions and expenditures for marketing efforts, including the costs of
collateral materials, conventions and trade shows, product demos, and supplies.
Selling expense in our Commercial, Live Events, Transportation, and International business units increased for fiscal 2015 compared to
fiscal 2014 primarily due to increases in personnel expenses, travel and entertainment expense, marketing expense, the implementation
of a sales opportunity management tool, the additional costs associated with the Data Display sales teams, and various other expenses,
with a reduction of bad debt and commission expenses.
Selling expense in our High School Park and Recreation business unit remained relatively flat for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.
We expect selling expenses will increase slightly in dollars in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 but remain flat as a percentage of
net sales.
Page |25
Selling expense in our Commercial, High School Park and Recreation, Transportation, and International business units increased slightly
in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily due to increases in personnel costs, including taxes and benefits, and travel and
entertainment for sales activities, partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense for potentially uncollectable accounts receivable
primarily from sales derived from our International business unit not recurring in fiscal 2014.
Selling expense in our Live Events business unit remained relatively flat for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.
Other Operating Expenses

Year Ended
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014 April 27, 2013
As a As a As a
General and administrative $ 30,679 5.0% 9.6% $ 27,984 5.1% 2.1% $ 27,404 5.3%
Product design and development $ 24,652 4.0% 5.5% $ 23,375 4.2% 1.1% $ 23,131 4.5%
All areas of operating expenses were impacted as a result of the 53-week fiscal year ended May 2, 2015 compared to the more
common 52 week fiscal year. The fiscal years ended April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013 contained 52 weeks.
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, other employee-related costs, professional fees, shareholder relations
costs, facilities and equipment-related costs for administrative departments, training costs, amortization of intangibles, and the costs of
supplies.
General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2015 increased as compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to an increase in professional
services costs, personnel expenses, IT maintenance, and various other expenses. These expenses included one-time costs incurred in the
second quarter of fiscal 2015 for professional services to support the expansion of our International business and other on-going costs to
support our anticipated business growth. We incurred $0.4 million in general and administration expense for professional fees related to
the Data Display acquisition.
We expect general and administrative expenses to increase slightly in dollars for fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 but remain flat
as a percentage of net sales.
Product design and development expenses consist primarily of salaries, other employee-related costs, facilities cost and equipment-related
costs and supplies. Product development investments in the near term are focused on video technology with a range of pixel pitches for
outdoor applications using LED surface mount technology, which offers improved performance at a lower cost point as compared to our
current offerings. In addition, we continue to focus on various other products to standardize display components and control systems for
both single site and network displays.
Our costs for product development represent an allocated amount of costs based on time charges, materials costs and the overhead of our
engineering departments. Generally, a significant portion of our engineering time is spent on product development while the rest is
allocated to large contract work and is included in cost of goods sold. Product development expenses in fiscal 2015 increased compared
to fiscal 2014 primarily due to an increase in materials used in the development of new products and labor costs assigned to product
development projects.
We expect product design and development expenses will increase slightly in dollars in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015 but remain
flat as a percentage of sales.
General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 was the result of an increase of $0.8 million in professional
fees, travel and entertainment, IT maintenance, advertising, and other expense, which was offset by decreases in various other general
and administrative expenses.
Product design and development expenses in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 remained relatively flat.
Page |26
Other Income and Expenses
Year Ended
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014 April 27, 2013
As a As a As a
Interest income, net $ 896 0.1 % (13.8)% $ 1,039 0.2 % (11.0)% $ 1,168 0.2 %
Other (expense) income, net $ (498) (0.1)% 40.3 % $ (355) (0.1)% (57.7)% $ (839) (0.2)%
Interest income, net: We generate interest income through short-term cash investments, marketable securities, product sales on an
installment basis, or in exchange for the rights to sell and retain advertising revenues from displays, which result in long-term
receivables. Interest expense is comprised primarily of interest costs on long-term marketing obligations.
Interest income, net decreased slightly for fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014 due to lower installment receivables. As a result of the
volatility of working capital needs and changes in investing and financing activities, along with changes in the interest rate environment,
it is difficult to project changes in interest income. We expect our cash balances will increase during fiscal 2016.
Other (expense) income, net: The change in other income and expense, net for fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014, is primarily due
to unrealized foreign currency gains from the volatility of the Euro, Australian dollar, and Canadian dollar.
Interest income, net: Interest income declined slightly for fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 due to a lower level of income on
investments due to lower yields available in the market when reinvesting available cash.
Other (expense) income, net: The decrease in other expenses for fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 was due to the recognition in
fiscal 2013 of a $0.5 million settlement of a dispute relating to a past acquisition; no similar transaction was recorded in fiscal 2014.
Income Taxes
The effective tax rate was approximately 34.1 percent, 40.4 percent and 26.4 percent for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013,
respectively.
The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2015 includes the impact of The Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 signed by the President in
December 2014, which extended the research tax credits for one year to December 31, 2014. Under prior law, a taxpayer was entitled
to a research tax credit for qualifying amounts paid or incurred on or before December 31, 2013. The extension of the research credit is
retroactive and includes amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 2013. As a result of the retroactive extension, we recognized
approximately $1.3 million in tax benefits during fiscal 2015.
The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 includes the impact of a $2.3 million valuation allowance against a deferred tax asset related
to losses on an equity investment when it became more likely than not we would not realize the benefit. The rate was also impacted by
the research credit being effective for only a portion of the year. For a more detailed description of the valuation allowance, please see
"Note 13. Income Taxes" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.
The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2013 included the positive impact of a non-recurring international tax charge.
Fiscal Year 2015 Fourth Quarter Summary
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, net sales increased approximately 16.0 percent to $158.1 million as compared to $136.2 million
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. Net sales increased in the Commercial, Live Events, High School Park and Recreation, and International
business units and remained relatively flat in the Transportation business unit. Commercial business unit net sales increased due to
increases in the net sales for billboard and large custom video contracts, offset by a decrease in sales in on-premise and national account
niches. Live Events business unit net sales increased due an increase in orders related to video displays for MLB stadiums. High School
Park and Recreation business unit net sales increased due to an increase in sales and service orders. International business unit net sales
increased due to sales recognized for sports projects in Europe and Australia, retail spectaculars, and OOH billboard and street furniture
products.
Page |27
Gross margin percentage decreased to approximately 22.3 percent in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 from approximately 24.8 percent
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The decrease in gross profit percentage was the net result of the product mix of sales and the increased
mix of subcontracted installation activity.
Selling expenses increased to $14.6 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared to $13.7 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2014. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel expenses, including taxes and benefits, marketing expenses, and bad debt
expense which were partially offset by decreases of commissions and other expenses.
General and administrative costs increased by approximately 8.2 percent in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 to $7.8 million as compared
to $7.2 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel expenses, including taxes and
benefits, and information technology, including software and hardware expenses, and partially offset by a decrease in professional fees.
Product development costs decreased by approximately 2.7 percent in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 to $5.9 million as compared to
$6.0 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The decrease was the result of reduced engineering costs and small changes in non-
engineering costs, the cost of materials to produce prototypes or test materials, and legal fees related to patent work.
The effective tax rate was 45.0 percent in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared to 74.3 percent in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014.
The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 includes the impact of a $2.3 million valuation allowance against a deferred tax asset related
to losses in an equity in investment when it became more likely than not we would not realize the benefit.
Page |28
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Year Ended
May 2, April 26, Percent
(dollars in thousands) 2015 2014 Change
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities $ 53,168 $ 36,199 46.9 %
Investing activities (24,227) (16,358) 48.1
Financing activities (16,070) (15,321) 4.9
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (641) (94) 581.9
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents $ 12,230 $ 4,426 (176.3)%
Cash flows from operating activities: Operating cash flows result primarily from cash received from customers, which is offset by cash
payments for inventories, income taxes, market and warranty obligations, and employee compensation.
Cash provided by operating activities was $53.2 million for fiscal 2015 compared to $36.2 million in fiscal 2014. The increase in cash
from operating activities of $17.0 million was the net result of an increase for changes in net operating assets and liabilities of $18.2
million, an increase of $0.6 million in our deferred income taxes, a $0.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization, and a $0.1
million increase in other non-cash items, net, offset by a decrease of $1.3 million in net income and a $1.1 million gain on the sale of
property and equipment.
The most significant drivers of cash used from operating activities were changes in accounts payable, customer deposits and construction-
type contracts, offset by cash generated from accounts receivable, inventory, and long-term marketing obligations and payables. Changes
in accounts receivables generated $6.4 million of cash in fiscal 2015 compared to consuming $18.3 million in fiscal 2014. Changes in
inventory consumed $1.9 million of cash in fiscal 2015 compared to consuming $12.8 million in fiscal 2014. Changes in long-term
marketing obligations and payables generated $3.3 million of cash in fiscal 2015 compared to consuming $0.1 million in fiscal 2014.
Changes in construction-type contracts, customer deposits, and accounts payable generated $6.8 million of cash in fiscal 2015 compared
to generating $26.0 million in fiscal 2014.
Overall, changes in operating assets and liabilities can be impacted by the timing of cash flow on large orders, which can cause significant
fluctuations in the short term in inventory, accounts receivables, accounts payable, customer deposits, costs and earnings in excess of
billings and various other operating assets and liabilities. Variability in costs and earnings in excess of billings and billings in excess of
costs relates to the timing of billings on construction-type contracts and revenue recognition, which can vary significantly depending on
contractual payment terms and build and installation schedules. Balances are also impacted by the seasonality of the sports markets.
Cash flows from investing activities: Cash used in investing activities totaled $24.2 million for fiscal 2015 compared to $16.4 million
in fiscal 2014. Purchases of property and equipment totaled $21.8 million in fiscal 2015 compared to $13.5 million in fiscal 2014. The
change from the prior year is due to the expansion of our Minnesota manufacturing facility, the purchase of new manufacturing equipment
for various new product lines as well as machine upgrades, and additions to our information technology infrastructure.
A net cash inflow of $4.0 million was recognized during fiscal 2015 from the disposition of our automated rigging systems division
for theatre applications.
A net cash outlay of $6.3 million was recognized during fiscal 2015 compared to $1.5 million in fiscal 2014 for acquisitions, investments
in affiliates and equity investments.
Cash flows from financing activities: Cash used in financing activities was $16.1 million for fiscal 2015 compared to $15.3 million in
fiscal 2014. Dividends of $17.4 million, or $40.0 cents per share, were paid to Daktronics shareholders during fiscal 2015 compared to
$16.7 million, or $39.0 cents per share, paid to Daktronics shareholders during fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, payments
of $1.2 million and $3.7 million were made on the debt assumed in the acquisitions of Data Display and OPEN, respectively.
Other Liquidity and Capital Resources Discussion: Although we have $2.7 million of retainage on long-term contracts included in
receivables and costs in excess of billings as of May 2, 2015, we expect all of it to be collected within one year.
Working capital was $149.1 million at May 2, 2015 and $140.5 million at April 26, 2014. The increase in working capital was primarily
the result of higher sales and increases in cash and inventories, and decreases in warranty obligations, which were partially offset by
increases among accounts payable, accrued expenses, and deferred revenue. We have historically financed working capital needs through
a combination of cash flow from operations and borrowings under bank credit agreements.
Page |29
We have used and expect to continue to use cash reserves and, to a lesser extent, bank borrowings to meet our short-term working capital
requirements. On large product orders, the time between order acceptance and project completion may extend up to and exceed 24 months
depending on the amount of custom work and a customer’s delivery needs. We often receive down payments or progress payments on
these product orders. To the extent these payments are not sufficient to fund the costs and other expenses associated with these orders,
we use working capital and bank borrowings to finance these cash requirements. We are sometimes required to obtain performance bonds
for display installations, and we have a bonding line available through a surety company for an aggregate of $150.0 million in bonded
work outstanding. If we were unable to complete the work and our customer would call upon the bond for payment, the surety company
would subrogate their loss to Daktronics. At May 2, 2015, we had $42.7 million of bonded work outstanding against this line. For
additional information on financing agreements, see, "Note 10. Financing Agreements" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this Form 10-K.
Our business growth and profitability improvement strategies depend on investments in capital expenditures. We are projecting capital
expenditures to be approximately $25 million for fiscal 2016 for manufacturing equipment for new or enhanced product production,
expanded capacity, investments in quality and reliability equipment, and continued information infrastructure investments.
We utilize cash to pay dividends to our investors. The following table summarizes the quarterly dividend declared and paid since the
fiscal year end of April 26, 2014:
Date Declared Record Date Payment Date Amount per Share

May 22, 2014 June 2, 2014 June 13, 2014 $0.10
September 4, 2014 September 15, 2014 September 26, 2014 $0.10
December 4, 2014 December 15, 2014 December 26, 2014 $0.10
March 5, 2015 March 16, 2015 March 27, 2015 $0.10
May 29, 2015 June 12, 2015 June 23, 2015 $0.10
Although we expect to continue to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, any and all subsequent dividends will be reviewed regularly
and declared by the Board of Directors at its discretion.
We believe our working capital available from all sources will be adequate to meet the cash requirements of our operations in the foreseeable
future. If our growth extends beyond current expectations, or if we make any strategic investments, we may need to increase our credit
facilities or seek other means of financing. We anticipate we will be able to obtain any needed funds under commercially reasonable
terms from our current lenders or other sources.
Page |30
OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
We enter into various lease, purchase and marketing obligations that require payments in future periods. Operating lease obligations
relate primarily to leased manufacturing space, office space, furniture, and vehicles. Long-term marketing obligations relate to amounts
due in future periods for payments on net sales where we sold and installed our equipment in exchange for future advertising revenue. When
certain advertising revenue thresholds are met, all or a portion of excess cash is owed back to the customer. Conditional and unconditional
purchase obligations represent future payments for inventory, advertising rights and various other products and services purchase
commitments.
We have entered into standby letters of credit and surety bonds with financial institutions relating to the guarantee of future performance
on contracts, primarily construction type contracts. Performance guarantees are issued to certain customers to guarantee the operation
and installation of the equipment and our ability to complete a contract. These performance guarantees have various terms, which are
generally one year.
Guarantees include transactions in connection with the sale of equipment to various customers. Under these transactions, we have entered
into contractual arrangements whereby we agreed to repurchase equipment at the end of the lease term at a fixed price. Our total obligations
under these fixed price arrangements were $1.1 million as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014. In accordance with the provisions of ASC
460, Guarantees, there is no guarantee liability in accrued expenses that must be recognized, in connection with these arrangements.
As of May 2, 2015, our contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands):

Less than After 5
Contractual Obligations Total 1 year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years Years
Cash commitments:
Long-term obligations and accrued interest $ 2,391 $ 555 $ 1,263 $ 573 $ —
Operating leases 4,245 2,490 1,649 106 —
Unconditional purchase obligations 2,758 1,773 985 — —
Conditional purchase obligations 700 200 400 100 —
Unrecognized tax benefits 2,891 157 2,734 — —
Total $ 12,985 $ 5,175 $ 7,031 $ 779 $ —
Other commercial commitments:
Standby letters of credit $ 13,615 $ 10,930 $ 1,155 $ 1,530 $ —
Lines of credit interest $ 62 $ 62 $ — $ — $ —
Surety bonds $ 42,720 $ 38,052 $ 4,668 $ — $ —
Guarantees $ 1,100 $ 1,100 $ — $ — $ —
INFLATION
We believe inflation has not had a material effect on our operations or our financial condition, although it could in the future.
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
Through May 2, 2015, most of our net sales were denominated in U.S. dollars, and our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes
on net sales has not been significant. For the fiscal year 2015, net sales originating outside the United States were 20 percent of total net
sales, of which a portion was denominated in Canadian dollars, Euros, Chinese renminbi, British pounds, Australian dollars, Brazilian
reais or other currencies. We manufacture our products in the United States, China, Belgium, and Ireland. Our results of operations
could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. If we believed
currency risk in any foreign location is significant, we would utilize foreign exchange hedging contracts to manage our exposure to the
currency fluctuations.
Over the long term, net sales to international markets are expected to increase as a percentage of net sales and, consequently, a greater
portion of our business could be denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, we may fund our foreign subsidiaries’ operating cash
needs in the form of loans denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, operating results may become subject to fluctuations based upon
changes in the exchange rates of certain currencies in relation to the United States dollar. To the extent we engage in international sales
denominated in U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products less
competitive in international markets. This effect is also impacted by the sources of raw materials from international sources. We estimate
that a 10 percent change in all foreign exchange rates would impact our reported income before taxes by approximately $2.0 million.
Page |31
This sensitivity analysis disregards the possibilities that rates can move in opposite directions and that losses from one geographic area
may be offset by gains from another geographic area. We will continue to monitor and minimize our exposure to currency fluctuations
and, when appropriate, use financial hedging techniques, including foreign currency forward contracts and options, to minimize the effect
of these fluctuations. However, exchange rate fluctuations as well as differing economic conditions, changes in political climates, differing
tax structures and other rules and regulations could adversely affect our ability to effectively hedge exchange rate fluctuations in the
future.
We have foreign currency forward agreements in place to offset changes in the value of intercompany receivables from certain foreign
subsidiaries due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The notional amount of these derivatives is $14.7 million, and all contracts mature
within 10 months. These contracts are marked to market each balance sheet date and are not designated as hedges. See "Note 16. Derivative
Financial Instruments" of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K for further details.
Interest Rate Risks
Our exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our marketing obligations and long-term accounts
receivable. As of May 2, 2015, our outstanding marketing obligations were $0.7 million, all of which were in fixed rate obligations.
In connection with the sale of certain display systems, we have entered into various types of financing with customers. The aggregate
amounts due from customers include an imputed interest element. The majority of these financings carry fixed rates of interest. As of
May 2, 2015, our outstanding long-term receivables were $9.9 million. Each 25 basis point increase in interest rates would have an
associated annual opportunity benefit of $38 thousand.
The following table provides maturities and weighted average interest rates on our financial instruments sensitive to changes in interest
rates.
Fiscal Years (dollars in thousands)
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Thereafter
Assets:
Long-term receivables, including current
maturities:
Fixed-rate $ 3,785 $ 2,209 $ 1,674 $ 1,113 $ 435 $ 658
Average interest rate 8.7% 8.6% 8.5% 8.5% 9.0% 9.0%
Liabilities:
Long- and short-term debt:
Variable-rate $ 389 $ 607 $ 409 $ 427 $ — $ —
Average interest rate 4.5% 4.5% 4.5% 4.5% —% —%
Long-term marketing obligations,
including current portion:
Fixed-rate $ 344 $ 141 $ 107 $ 91 $ 55 $ —
Average interest rate 8.7% 8.8% 8.9% 9.0% 9.0% —%
Of our $57.3 million in cash balances at May 2, 2015, $49.9 million were denominated in United States dollars. Cash balances in foreign
currencies are operating balances maintained in accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. A portion of the cash held in foreign accounts is
used to collateralize outstanding bank guarantees issued by the foreign subsidiaries.
Page |32
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Daktronics Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Daktronics Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of May 2, 2015
and April 26, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended May 2, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index
at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Daktronics Inc. and subsidiaries at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended May 2, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our
opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents
fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Daktronics
Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of May 2, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated June 22,
2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
June 22, 2015
Page |33
DAKTRONICS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 57,284 $ 45,054
Restricted cash 496 514
Marketable securities 25,346 25,398
Accounts receivable, net 80,857 82,500
Inventories, net 64,389 62,228
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings 35,068 33,400
Current maturities of long-term receivables 3,784 5,235
Prepaid expenses and other assets 7,688 6,758
Deferred income taxes 10,640 10,694
Income tax receivables 5,543 2,459
Total current assets 291,095 274,240
Property and equipment, net 72,844 65,270
Long-term receivables, less current maturities 6,090 7,877
Goodwill 5,269 4,558
Intangibles, net 1,824 2,680
Investment in affiliates and other assets 1,655 826
Deferred income taxes 702 2,000
TOTAL ASSETS $ 379,479 $ 357,451
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable $ 52,747 $ 45,913
Accrued expenses 26,063 23,462
Warranty obligations 11,838 14,476
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings 23,797 22,483
Customer deposits (billed or collected) 16,828 17,654
Deferred revenue (billed or collected) 9,524 7,722
Current portion of other long-term obligations 587 809
Income taxes payable 636 1,162
Deferred income taxes — 27
Total current liabilities 142,020 133,708
Long-term warranty obligations 14,643 12,774
Long-term deferred revenue (billed or collected) 3,914 4,978
Other long-term obligations, less current maturities 3,190 2,871
Long-term income tax payable 2,734 —
Deferred income taxes 939 1
Total long-term liabilities 25,420 20,624
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common Stock, no par value, authorized 120,000,000 shares; 43,643,801 and
43,166,731 shares issued at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, respectively 48,960 43,935
Additional paid-in capital 32,693 29,923
Retained earnings 132,771 129,266
Treasury Stock, at cost, 19,680 shares (9) (9)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (2,376) 4
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 212,039 203,119
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $ 379,479 $ 357,451
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
Page |34
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Net sales $ 615,942 $ 551,970 $ 518,322
Cost of goods sold 471,363 410,260 384,428
Gross profit 144,579 141,710 133,894
Operating expenses:
Selling expense 57,963 53,794 52,759
General and administrative 30,679 27,984 27,404
Product design and development 24,652 23,375 23,131
113,294 105,153 103,294
Operating income 31,285 36,557 30,600
Nonoperating income (expense):

Interest income 1,119 1,294 1,523
Interest expense (223) (255) (355)
Other (expense) income, net (498) (355) (839)
Income before income taxes 31,683 37,241 30,929

Income tax expense 10,801 15,035 8,150
Net income $ 20,882 $ 22,206 $ 22,779
Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic 43,514 42,886 42,280
Diluted 44,443 43,762 42,621
Earnings per share:

Basic $ 0.48 $ 0.52 $ 0.54
Diluted $ 0.47 $ 0.51 $ 0.53
Cash dividends declared per share $ 0.40 $ 0.39 $ 0.73
Page |35
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Net income $ 20,882 $ 22,206 $ 22,779
Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Cumulative translation adjustments (2,358) 147 (102)
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of
tax (22) (25) (49)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax (2,380) 122 (151)
Comprehensive income $ 18,502 $ 22,328 $ 22,628
Page |36
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
Accumulated
Additional Other
Common Paid-In Retained Treasury Comprehensive
Stock Capital Earnings Stock Income (Loss) Total
Balance as of April 28, 2012: $ 34,631 $ 24,320 $ 131,830 $ (9) $ 33 $ 190,805
Net income — — 22,779 — — 22,779
Cumulative translation adjustments — — — — (102) (102)
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale
securities, net of tax — — — — (49) (49)
Share-based compensation — 3,037 — — — 3,037
Exercise of stock options 1,316 (163) — — — 1,153
Employee savings plan activity 1,482 — — — — 1,482
Dividends paid — — (30,859) — — (30,859)
Balance as of April 27, 2013: 37,429 27,194 123,750 (9) (118) 188,246
Net income — — 22,206 — — 22,206
Cumulative translation adjustments — — — — 147 147
Net tax benefit related to share-based
compensation — 119 — — — 119
Dividends paid — — (16,690) — — (16,690)
Balance as of April 26, 2014: 43,935 29,923 129,266 (9) 4 203,119
Net income — — 20,882 — — 20,882
Cumulative translation adjustments — — — — (2,358) (2,358)
Net tax benefit related to share-based
compensation — 38 — — — 38
Dividends paid — — (17,377) — — (17,377)
Balance as of May 2, 2015: $ 48,960 $ 32,693 $ 132,771 $ (9) $ (2,376) $ 212,039
See notes to consolidated financial statements
Page |37
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $ 20,882 $ 22,206 $ 22,779
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation 14,764 14,137 15,379
Amortization 204 364 228
Amortization of premium/discount on marketable securities 168 221 190
Gain on sale of property and equipment (1,207) (72) 42
Share-based compensation 3,038 2,897 3,037
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation (38) (119) —
Provision for doubtful accounts (222) (190) 331
Deferred income taxes, net 2,146 1,543 (4,340)
Change in operating assets and liabilities 13,433 (4,788) 13,103
Net cash provided by operating activities 53,168 36,199 50,749
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchases of property and equipment (21,837) (13,519) (9,674)
Proceeds from sales of property, equipment and other assets 4,037 238 198
Purchases of marketable securities (15,653) (15,550) (16,506)
Proceeds from sales or maturities of marketable securities 15,532 13,953 17,451
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (6,306) (1,480) —
Net cash used in investing activities (24,227) (16,358) (8,531)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Payments on notes payable (81) — (1,459)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 2,513 4,954 1,316
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation 38 119 —
Principal payments on long-term obligations (1,163) (3,704) —
Dividends paid (17,377) (16,690) (30,859)
Net cash used in financing activities (16,070) (15,321) (31,002)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH (641) (94) (11)

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 12,230 4,426 11,205
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

Beginning of period 45,054 40,628 29,423
End of period $ 57,284 $ 45,054 $ 40,628
Page |38
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of business: Daktronics Inc. and its subsidiaries are engaged principally in the design, manufacture and sale of a wide range of
electronic display systems and related products which are sold in a variety of markets throughout the world and the rendering of related
maintenance and professional services. Our products are designed primarily to inform and entertain people through the communication
of content.
Fiscal year: We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year, with our fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to April 30 of each year. When
April 30 falls on a Wednesday, the fiscal year ends on the preceding Saturday. Within each fiscal year, each quarter is comprised of 13
week periods following the beginning of each fiscal year. In each 53 week year, an additional week is added to the first quarter of that
fiscal year and each of the last three quarters is comprised of a 13 week period. The fiscal years ended April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013
consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2015 is a 53-week year.
Principles of consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Investments in affiliates over which we do not have the ability to exert significant influence over the investees operating and financing
activities are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. We have evaluated our relationships with affiliates and have determined
that these entities are not variable interest entities. Our proportional share of the respective affiliate’s earnings or losses is included in
other (expense) income in our consolidated statements of operations.
The aggregate amount of investments accounted for under the cost method was $1,071 and $224 at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014,
respectively. There have not been any identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on their
fair value and it is not practical to estimate their fair value.
Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant
change in the near-term relate to the determination of the estimated total costs on construction-type contracts, estimated costs to be
incurred for product warranties, excess and obsolete inventory, the reserve for doubtful accounts, share-based compensation, goodwill
impairment and income taxes. Changes in estimates are reflected in the periods in which they become known.
Cash and cash equivalents: All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered
to be cash equivalents and consist primarily of government repurchase agreements, savings accounts and money market accounts that
are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. We maintain our cash in bank deposit accounts, the balances of which at times may
exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Restricted cash: Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents held in bank deposit accounts to secure issuances of foreign bank
guarantees.
Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. Market is determined on the basis of estimated
net realizable values.
Revenue recognition: Net sales are reported net of estimated sales returns and exclude sales taxes. We estimate our sales returns reserve
based on historical return rates and analysis of specific accounts. Our sales returns reserve was $15 and $14 at May 2, 2015 and April 26,
2014, respectively.
Long-term construction-type contracts: Earnings on construction-type contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method,
measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract. Contract costs include all direct material
and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance. Indirect costs include charges for such items as facilities,
engineering, and project management. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such
losses are probable and capable of being estimated. We combine contracts for accounting purposes when they are negotiated as a package
with an overall profit margin objective, essentially represent an agreement to do a single project for a customer, involve interrelated
construction activities, and are performed concurrently or sequentially. When a group of contracts is combined, revenue and profit are
recognized uniformly over the performance of the combined projects. We segment revenues in accordance with contract segmenting
criteria in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 650-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.
Page |39
Equipment other than construction-type contracts: We recognize revenue on equipment sales, other than construction-type contracts,
when title passes, which is usually upon shipment and then only if the terms of the arrangement are fixed and determinable and collectability
is reasonably assured. We record estimated sales returns and discounts as a reduction of net sales in the same period revenue is recognized.
Product maintenance: In connection with the sale of our products, we also occasionally sell separately priced extended warranties and
product maintenance contracts. The revenue related to such contracts is deferred and recognized ratably as net sales over the terms of
the contracts, which vary up to 10 years. We record unrealized revenue in deferred revenue (billed or collected) in the liability section
of the balance sheet.
Services: Revenues generated by us for services, such as event support, control room design, on-site training, equipment service and
technical support of our equipment, are recognized as net sales when the services are performed. Net sales from services and product
maintenance approximated 8.2 percent, 8.4 percent and 9.0 percent of net sales for the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014
and April 27, 2013, respectively.
Multiple-element arrangements: We generate revenue from the sale of equipment and related services, including customization, installation
and maintenance services. In these limited cases, we provide some or all of such equipment and services to our customers under the
terms of a single multiple-element sales arrangement. These arrangements typically involve the sale of equipment bundled with some
or all of these services, but they may also involve instances in which we have contracted to deliver multiple pieces of equipment over
time rather than at a single point in time.
When a sales arrangement involves multiple elements, the items included in the arrangement (deliverables) are evaluated pursuant to
ASC 605-25, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables and ASC 605-35, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type
and Certain Production-Type Contracts, to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. We perform this evaluation
at the inception of an arrangement and as we deliver each item in the arrangement. We first consider the separation criteria of ASC
605-35. Deliverables not within the scope of ASC 605-35 are evaluated for separation under ASC 605-25. For those elements falling
under the guidance of ASC 605-25, we generally account for a deliverable (or a group of deliverables) separately if the delivered item
(s) has standalone value to the customer and if we have given the customer a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s) and
delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) or service(s) is probable and substantially in our control.
When items included in a multiple-element arrangement represent separate units of accounting, we allocate the arrangement consideration
to the individual items based on their relative fair values. The amount of arrangement consideration allocated to the delivered item(s) is
limited to the amount not contingent on us delivering additional products or services. Once we have determined the amount, if any, of
arrangement consideration allocable to the delivered item(s), we apply the applicable revenue recognition policy to determine when and
by which method such amount may be recognized as revenue.
We generally determine if objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the items included in a multiple-element arrangement exists
based on whether we have vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of the price for which we sell an item on a standalone basis. If
we do not have VSOE for the item, we will use the price charged by a competitor selling a comparable product or service on a standalone
basis to similarly situated customers, if available. If neither VSOE nor third party evidence is available, we use our best estimate of the
selling price for that deliverable.
Long-term receivables and advertising rights: We occasionally sell and install our products at facilities in exchange for the rights to sell
or to retain future advertising revenues. For these transactions, we recognize revenue for the amount of the present value of the future
advertising payments if enough advertising is sold to obtain normal margins on the contract and we record the related receivable in long-
term receivables. We recognize imputed interest as earned.
Property and equipment: Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated principally on the straight-line method over the following
estimated useful lives:
Years
Buildings 7 - 40
Machinery and equipment 5-7
Office furniture and equipment 3-5
Computer software and hardware 3-5
Equipment held for rental 2-7
Demonstration equipment 3-5
Transportation equipment 5-7
Page |40
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the term of the lease. Our depreciation expense
was $14,764, $14,137 and $15,379 for the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013, respectively.
Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, described in "Note 6. Long-Lived Assets",
which are separately tested for impairment, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying value may not be recoverable.
When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated future
cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges). If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset,
we calculate an impairment loss. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated fair
value. We recognize an impairment loss if the amount of the asset's carrying value exceeds the asset's estimated fair value. If we recognize
an impairment loss, the adjusted carrying amount of the asset becomes its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new
cost basis will be depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life of that asset.
Our impairment loss calculations contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to
estimate future cash flows and asset fair values, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects
the risk inherent in future cash flows.
Software costs: We capitalize certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal-use software. Capitalized
software costs are included in property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheets. Software costs that do not meet capitalization
criteria are expensed when incurred.
Insurance: We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and liability claims and workers’ compensation. We obtain third-party
insurance to limit our exposure to these claims. We estimate our self-insured liabilities using a number of factors, including historical
claims experience. Our self-insurance liability was $1,783 and $1,656 at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, respectively, and is included
in accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets.
Foreign currency translation: Our foreign subsidiaries use the local currency of their respective countries as their functional currency. The
assets and liabilities of foreign operations are generally translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. The operating
results of foreign operations are translated at weighted average exchange rates. The related translation gains or losses are reported as a
separate component of shareholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income.
Income taxes: We operate in multiple income tax jurisdictions both within the United States and internationally. Our annual tax rate is
determined based on our income, statutory tax rates and the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than for financial
reporting purposes in each tax jurisdiction. Tax laws require certain items be included in the tax return at different times than are reflected
in the financial statements. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in our tax return, and some
differences are temporary and reverse over time, such as depreciation expense. These temporary differences create deferred tax assets
and liabilities and reflect the enacted income tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. We consider
a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if it is "more likely than not" some or all of the benefits will not be realized.
Because we operate in multiple income tax jurisdictions both within the United States and internationally, management must determine
the appropriate allocation of income and expenses to each of these jurisdictions based on current interpretations of complex income tax
regulations.
Income tax authorities in these jurisdictions regularly perform audits of our income tax filings. Income tax audits associated with the
allocation of income, expenses and other complex issues, including transfer pricing methodologies, may require an extended period of
time to resolve and may result in significant income tax adjustments if changes to the income allocation are required between
jurisdictions with different income tax rates.
Comprehensive (loss) income: We follow the provisions of ASC 220, Reporting Comprehensive Income, which establishes standards
for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive (loss) income reflects the change in equity of
a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. For us, comprehensive
(loss) income represents net income (loss) adjusted for foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities. The foreign currency translation adjustment included in comprehensive (loss) income has not been tax
affected, as the investments in foreign affiliates are deemed to be permanent. In accordance with ASC 220 and Accounting Standards
Update ("ASU") 2011-05, we disclose comprehensive (loss) income on a separate consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Product design and development: All expenses related to product design and development are charged to operations as incurred. Our
product development activities include the enhancement of existing products and the development of new products.
Page |41
Advertising costs: We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $2,318, $1,694 and $1,584 for fiscal years 2015,
2014 and 2013, respectively.
Shipping and handling costs: Shipping and handling costs collected from our customers in connection with our sales are recorded as
revenue. We record shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of sales at the time the product is shipped.
Earnings per share (“EPS”): Basic EPS is computed by dividing income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution which may occur if securities or other
obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock which
share in our earnings.
The following is a reconciliation of the income and common stock share amounts used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for
the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013:
Per share
Net income Shares income (loss)
For the year ended May 2, 2015:
Basic earnings per share $ 20,882 43,514 $ 0.48
Dilution associated with stock compensation plans — 929 (0.01)
Diluted earnings per share $ 20,882 44,443 $ 0.47
For the year ended April 26, 2014:
Options outstanding to purchase 1,462, 1,564 and 2,672 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $18.42, $18.64
and $15.09 per share during the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013, respectively, were not included in
the computation of diluted earnings per share because the weighted average exercise price of those instruments exceeded the average
market price of the common shares during the year.
Share-based compensation: We account for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock
Compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, we measure share-based compensation cost at the grant date
based on the fair value of the award and recognize the compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting
period. See Note 11. Shareholders’ Equity and Share-Based Compensation for additional information and the assumptions we use to
calculate the fair value of share-based employee compensation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which was issued as a new topic, ASC 606. The
new revenue recognition standard provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The
core principle of the guidance is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers
in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new
standard will also result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, providing guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed
comprehensively and improving guidance for multiple-element arrangements. The FASB recently announced plans to defer the effective
adoption date by one year. This ASU is effective for us beginning in fiscal 2019 and can be adopted by the Company either retrospectively
or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently evaluating the effect that adopting this new accounting
guidance will have on our consolidated results of operations, cash flows, and financial position.
Page |42
Note 2. Segment Reporting
We have organized our business into five segments which meet the definition of reportable segments under ASC 280-10, Segment
Reporting: Commercial, Live Events, High School Park and Recreation, Transportation, and International. These segments are based on
the type of customer or geography and are the same as our business units.
Our Commercial business unit primarily consists of sales of our video display systems, digital billboards, Galaxy® and Fuelight™ product
lines to resellers (primarily sign companies), outdoor advertisers, national retailers, quick-serve restaurants, casinos and petroleum
retailers. Our Live Events business unit primarily consists of sales of integrated scoring and video display systems to college and
professional sports facilities and convention centers and sales of our mobile display technology to video rental organizations and other
live events type venues. Our High School Park and Recreation business unit (formerly known as our Schools and Theatres business unit)
primarily consists of sales of scoring systems, Galaxy® displays and video display systems to primary and secondary education
facilities. Upon the sale of our automated rigging systems division for theatre applications in July 2014, we changed the name of this
business unit. Other than such sale, there was no change to the composition of the segment. Our Transportation business unit primarily
consists of sales of our Vanguard® and Galaxy® product lines to governmental transportation departments, airlines and other transportation
related customers. Our International business unit consists of sales of all product lines outside the United States and Canada. We focus
on product lines related to integrated scoring and video display systems for sports and commercial applications, out-of-home advertising
products, and European transportation related products.
Segment reports present results through contribution margin, which is comprised of gross profit less selling costs. Segment profit excludes
general and administration expense, product development expense, interest income and expense, non-operating income and income tax
expense. Assets are not allocated to the segments. Depreciation and amortization are allocated to each segment based on various financial
measures; however, some depreciation and amortization are corporate in nature and remain unallocated. In general, our segments follow
the same accounting policies as those described in "Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies". Unabsorbed costs of domestic field sales and services infrastructure, including most field administrative staff, are allocated
to the Commercial, Live Events, Transportation, and High School Park and Recreation business units based on cost of sales. Shared
manufacturing, buildings and utilities, and procurement costs are allocated based on payroll dollars, square footage and various other
financial measures.
We do not maintain information on sales by products; therefore, disclosure of such information is not practical.
Page |43
The following table sets forth certain financial information for each of our five operating segments for the periods indicated:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Net sales:
Commercial $ 165,793 $ 154,754 $ 144,596
Live Events 231,877 197,246 158,562
High School Park and Recreation 67,657 59,531 66,128
Transportation 48,333 54,861 73,270
International 102,282 85,578 75,766
615,942 551,970 518,322
Contribution margin:
Commercial 28,541 30,313 24,241
Live Events 27,334 30,503 19,071
International 9,212 8,816 8,343
86,616 87,916 81,135
Non-allocated operating expenses:
General and administrative 30,679 27,984 27,404
Product design and development 24,652 23,375 23,131
Operating income 31,285 36,557 30,600
Nonoperating income (expense):
Interest income 1,119 1,294 1,523
Interest expense (223) (255) (355)
Other (expense) income, net (498) (355) (839)
Income before income taxes 31,683 37,241 30,929
Income tax expense 10,801 15,035 8,150
Net income $ 20,882 $ 22,206 $ 22,779
Depreciation and amortization:
Commercial $ 4,846 $ 4,243 $ 4,940
Live Events 4,610 4,461 4,473
International 1,053 873 717
Unallocated corporate depreciation 1,475 1,739 1,869
$ 14,968 $ 14,501 $ 15,607
No single geographic area comprises a material amount of net sales or long-lived assets (net of accumulated depreciation) other than the
United States. The following table presents information about net sales and long-lived assets in the United States and elsewhere:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Net sales:
United States $ 494,860 $ 453,468 $ 430,242
Outside U.S. 121,082 98,502 88,080
$ 615,942 $ 551,970 $ 518,322
Long-lived assets:
United States $ 67,882 $ 60,846 $ 60,060
Outside U.S. 4,962 4,424 1,565
$ 72,844 $ 65,270 $ 61,625
Page |44
We have numerous customers worldwide for sales of our products and services; therefore, we are not economically dependent on a limited
number of customers for the sale of our products and services except with respect to our dependence on a few large digital billboard
customers in our Commercial business unit.
Note 3. Marketable Securities
We have a cash management program which provides for the investment of cash balances not used in current operations. We classify
our investments in marketable securities as available-for-sale in accordance with the provisions of ASU 320, Investments – Debt and
Equity Securities. Marketable securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses, net of
tax, reported in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income. As it relates to fixed income marketable securities, we do not intend
to sell any of these investments, and it is not likely we will be required to sell any of these investments before recovery of the entire
amortized cost basis. In addition, as of May 2, 2015, we anticipate we will recover the entire amortized cost basis of such fixed income
securities, and we have determined no other-than-temporary impairments associated with credit losses were required to be recognized.
The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Where quoted market prices are not available, we use the market
price of similar types of securities traded in the market to estimate fair value.
As of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, our available-for-sale securities consisted of the following:
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
Balance as of May 2, 2015:
Certificates of deposit $ 11,409 $ — $ — $ 11,409
U.S. Government securities 1,000 1 — 1,001
U.S. Government sponsored entities 7,951 — (9) 7,942
Municipal bonds 4,989 5 — 4,994
$ 25,349 $ 6 $ (9) $ 25,346
Balance as of April 26, 2014:
Certificates of deposit $ 7,734 $ — $ — $ 7,734
U.S. Government securities 2,000 2 — 2,002
U.S. Government sponsored entities 8,349 — (8) 8,341
Municipal bonds 7,309 12 — 7,321
$ 25,392 $ 14 $ (8) $ 25,398
Realized gains or losses on investments are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations as other (expense) income, net. Upon
the sale of a security classified as available-for-sale, the security’s specific unrealized gain (loss) is reclassified out of "accumulated other
comprehensive (loss) income” into earnings based on the specific identification method. In the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015 and
April 26, 2014, the reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income to net assets were immaterial.
All available-for-sale securities are classified as current assets, as they are readily available to support our current operating needs. The
contractual maturities of available-for-sale debt securities as of May 2, 2015 were as follows:
Less than 12
months 1-5 Years Total
Certificates of deposit $ 3,211 $ 8,198 $ 11,409
U.S. Government securities 1,001 — 1,001
U.S. Government sponsored entities — 7,942 7,942
Municipal obligations 4,687 307 4,994
$ 8,899 $ 16,447 $ 25,346
Note 4. Business Combinations
Open Acquisition
We acquired 100 percent ownership in OPEN Out-of Home Solutions ("OPEN"), a Belgian company, on May 8, 2013 for an undisclosed
amount. The results of its operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. We have
not made pro forma disclosures as the results of its operations are not material to our consolidated financial statements.
OPEN is a European manufacturer of cabinets and street furniture for the third-party advertising market. This acquisition expanded our
product offerings to third-party advertisers as they increasingly adopt digital technology and included a manufacturing plant in Belgium
Page |45
to manufacture digital advertising displays. This acquisition was funded with cash on hand and a five-year promissory note that matures
in May 2018.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the purchase price allocation for the OPEN acquisition was completed. The excess of the purchase
price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill of $1,249 which primarily related to the value of an assembled
workforce and is not deductible for tax purposes. Included in the purchase price allocation were acquired identifiable intangibles valued
at $1,160 representing trade names with a useful life of 20 years and a customer list valued at $582 with a useful life of nine years. Also
included in the purchase was $2,658 of property and equipment, $2,038 of inventory, $833 of other current assets offset by current
operating liabilities of $1,230 and long and short term debt of $4,155. There were no material adjustments to the original purchase price
allocation.
The purchase price includes deferred payments of $2,375 to be made over five years unless certain conditions in the business are not
met. We have included the payment obligation in other long-term obligations in our consolidated balance sheet.
OPEN's sales were included in the International business unit results and contributed $4,218 of net sales during fiscal 2014. General and
administrative expenses included $44 and $146 for the years ended April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013, respectively, for professional fees
relating to the acquisition.
Data Display Acquisition
We acquired 100 percent ownership in Data Display, a European transportation display company, on August 11, 2014 for an undisclosed
amount. The results of its operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. We have
not made pro forma disclosures as the results of its operations are not material to our consolidated financial statements.
Data Display is a European based company focused on the design and manufacture of transportation displays. This acquisition will allow
our Company to better service transportation customers world-wide and broadens our leadership position on a global scale. This acquisition
included a manufacturing plant in Ireland to manufacture transportation displays. This acquisition was funded with cash on hand.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we prepared the preliminary fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
as of the acquisition date using independent appraisals and other analysis. We are in the process of determining final working capital
adjustments. The excess of purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill of $1,249 which primarily
related to the value of an assembled workforce and is not deductible for tax purposes. Included in the purchase price allocation were
acquired identifiable intangibles valued at $480 representing trademarks and technology with a useful life of 20 years and customer
relationships valued at $84 with a useful life of 18 years. Based on the preliminary fair value measurements, also included in the purchase
price was $1,433 of property and equipment, $437 of investments for affiliates, $2,773 of inventory, $3,380 of accounts receivable, and
$1,869 of other current assets, which was offset by current operating liabilities of $3,616 and long term obligations of $950. The purchase
price allocation is expected to be completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2016.
Data Display contributed net sales of $8,138 during fiscal 2015. General and administrative expenses included $434 during fiscal 2015
for professional fees relating to the acquisition.
Note 5. Sale of Theatre Rigging Division
In July 2014, we sold our automated rigging systems division for theatre applications. Related to the sale, we recorded a $1,261 gain
which is included in cost of goods sold in the High School Park and Recreation business unit. In connection with the sale, we changed
the name of the business unit from Schools and Theatres to High School Park and Recreation to more accurately describe it. See "Note
2. Segment Reporting" for a further description.
As part of the transaction, we sold assets of $2,817 that primarily consisted of accounts receivable, patents, inventory, and manufacturing
equipment net of $355 of accounts payable.
Note 6. Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets: We account for goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with ASC 350, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets. Under these provisions, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment on at least an annual basis. Impairment
testing is required more often than annually if an event or circumstance indicates an impairment or a decline in value may have
occurred. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a worsening trend of orders and sales without a corresponding way
to preserve future cash flows or a significant decline in our stock price. In conducting our impairment testing, we compare the fair value
of each of our business units (reporting unit) to the related carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value,
goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is measured and recognized.
Page |46
We utilize an income approach to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit. We selected this method because we believe it most
appropriately measures our income producing assets. We considered using the market approach and cost approach, but concluded they
were not appropriate in valuing our reporting units given the lack of relevant and available market comparisons. The income approach
is based on the projected cash flows, which are discounted to their present value using discount rates which consider the timing and risk
of the forecasted cash flows. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting
units’ expected long-term operating cash performance. This approach also mitigates the impact of the cyclical trends occurring in the
industry. Fair value is estimated using internally-developed forecasts and assumptions. The discount rate used is the average estimated
value of a market participant’s cost of capital and debt, derived using customary market metrics. Other significant assumptions include
terminal value margin rates, future capital expenditures, and changes in future working capital requirements. We also compare and
reconcile our overall fair value to our market capitalization. Although there are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used
and to our application of these assumptions to this analysis, we believe the income approach provides a reasonable estimate of the fair
value of our reporting units. The foregoing assumptions to a large degree were consistent with our long-term performance, with limited
exceptions. We believe our future investments for capital expenditures as a percent of revenue will remain similar to the historical rates
as a percentage of sales in future years. Our investments are expected to relate to equipment replacements and new product line
manufacturing equipment needs, and to keep our information technology infrastructure robust. We also believe long-term receivables
will decrease as we grow. We also have assumed through the recent economic downturn that our markets have not contracted for the
long term; however, it may be a number of years before they fully recover. These assumptions could deviate materially from actual
results.
We perform an analysis of goodwill on an annual basis. We complete this annual analysis during our third quarter of each fiscal year,
based on the goodwill amount as of the first business day of our third quarter in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013. The result of our analysis
indicated no goodwill impairment existed for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill related to each reportable segment for the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015 were as follows:
Live Events Commercial Transportation International Total

Balance as of April 26, 2014: $ 2,381 $ 723 $ 129 $ 1,325 $ 4,558
Disposal of automated rigging
systems division for theatre
applications (22) — — — (22)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired — — — 1,249 1,249
Foreign currency translation (38) (2) (38) (438) (516)
Balance as of May 2, 2015: $ 2,321 $ 721 $ 91 $ 2,136 $ 5,269
As required by ASC 350, intangibles with finite lives are amortized. We evaluate indefinite lived assets for impairment annually and
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. The net value of intangible assets is
shown on our consolidated balance sheets. Estimated amortization expense based on intangibles as of May 2, 2015 is $141 for each of
the fiscal years 2016 through 2017, $132 for fiscal 2018, $132 for each of the fiscal years 2019 through 2020, and $1,146 in the aggregate
for fiscal years after 2020.
The following table sets forth the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of intangible assets by major intangible class as
of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014:
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014
Weighted Gross Gross
Average Life Carrying Accumulated Carrying Accumulated
(in years) Amount Amortization Net Value Amount Amortization Net Value
Definite-lived:
Patents 10 $ — $ — $ — $ 2,282 $ 1,730 $ 552
Registered Trademarks 20 1,461 116 1,345 1,216 59 1,157
Other 10 608 129 479 648 78 570
17 2,069 245 1,824 4,146 1,867 2,279
Indefinite-lived:
Registered trademarks — — — 401 — 401
$ 2,069 $ 245 $ 1,824 $ 4,547 $ 1,867 $ 2,680
Page |47
Impairment of long-lived assets: In the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014, and April 27, 2013, the pretax impairment charges
for other long-lived assets, including property and equipment, were immaterial. The impairment charges related to technology or
equipment obsoleted due to technology improvements or to custom demo equipment with no resale value. Impairment charges during
fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013 were included primarily in product development and selling expense.
Note 7. Selected Financial Statement Data
Inventories consisted of the following:

May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
Raw materials $ 28,325 $ 27,660
Work-in-process 7,512 11,835
Finished goods 28,552 22,733
$ 64,389 $ 62,228
Inventories are reported net of the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory of $3,998 and $2,692 as of May 2, 2015 and April 26,
2014, respectively.
Property and equipment consisted of the following:

May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
Land $ 2,147 $ 2,539
Buildings 64,186 59,363
Machinery and equipment 80,664 72,787
Office furniture and equipment 15,823 15,754
Computer software and hardware 51,083 45,329
Equipment held for rental 803 868
Demonstration equipment 7,299 7,532
Transportation equipment 6,012 4,823
228,017 208,995
Less accumulated depreciation 155,173 143,725
$ 72,844 $ 65,270
Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
Compensation $ 12,137 $ 14,189
Taxes, other than income taxes 4,223 2,977
Other 9,703 6,296
$ 26,063 $ 23,462
Other (expense) income, net consisted of the following:

Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Foreign currency transaction (losses) $ (514) $ (292) $ (319)
Other 16 (63) (520)
$ (498) $ (355) $ (839)
Page |48
Note 8. Uncompleted Contracts
Uncompleted contracts consisted of the following:

May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
Costs incurred $ 708,029 $ 486,430
Estimated earnings 237,239 166,250
945,268 652,680
Less billings to date 933,997 641,763
$ 11,271 $ 10,917
Uncompleted contracts are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows:
May 2, April 26,

2015 2014
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings $ 35,068 $ 33,400
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings (23,797) (22,483)
$ 11,271 $ 10,917
Note 9. Receivables
We sell our products throughout the United States and in certain foreign countries on credit terms we establish for each customer. On
the sale of certain products, we have the ability to file a contractor’s lien against the product installed as collateral and to file claims
against surety bonds to protect our interest in receivables. Foreign sales are at times secured by irrevocable letters of credit or bank
guarantees.
Accounts receivable are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,316 and $2,539 at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014,
respectively.
We make estimates regarding the collectability of our accounts receivable, long-term receivables, costs and estimated earnings in excess
of billings and other receivables. In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts, we analyze specific balances,
customer creditworthiness, changes in customer payment cycles, and current economic trends. If the financial condition of any customer
were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of its ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. We charge off
receivables at such time as it is determined collection will not occur. Charge-offs of receivables and our allowance for doubtful accounts
related to financing receivables are not material to our financial results.
In connection with certain sales transactions, we have entered into sales contracts with installment payments exceeding six months and
sales-type leases. The present value of these contracts and leases is recorded as a receivable as the revenue is recognized in accordance
with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), and profit is recognized to the extent the present value is in excess
of cost. We generally retain a security interest in the equipment or in the cash flow generated by the equipment until the contract is
paid. The present value of long-term contracts and lease receivables, including accrued interest and current maturities, was $9,874 and
$13,112 as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, respectively. Contract and lease receivables bearing annual interest rates of 5.0 to 10.0
percent are due in varying annual installments through July 2022. The face amount of long-term receivables was $10,976 as of May 2,
2015 and $14,892 as of April 26, 2014. Included in accounts receivable as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014 was $385 and $2,098,
respectively, of retainage on construction-type contracts, all of which are expected to be collected within one year.
Note 10. Financing Agreements
We have a credit agreement with a U.S. bank for a $35,000 line of credit, which includes up to $15,000 for standby letters of credit. The
line of credit, which was amended on November 15, 2013, is due on November 15, 2016. The interest rate ranges from LIBOR plus 145
basis points to LIBOR plus 195 basis points depending on the ratio of our interest-bearing debt to EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as net
income before deductions for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, all as determined in accordance with
GAAP. The effective interest rate was 1.6 percent at May 2, 2015. We are assessed a loan fee equal to 0.125 percent per annum of any
non-used portion of the loan. As of May 2, 2015, there were no advances to us under the line of credit, and the balance of letters of credit
outstanding was approximately $10,960.
Page |49
The credit agreement is unsecured and requires us to be in compliance with the following financial ratios:
• A minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 2 to 1 at the end of any fiscal year. The ratio is equal to (a) EBITDA less
dividends or other distributions, a capital expenditure reserve of $6,000, and income tax expenses, over (b) all principal and
interest payments with respect to debt, excluding principal payments on the line of credit; and
• A ratio of interest-bearing debt, excluding any marketing obligations, to EBITDA of less than 1 to 1 at the end of any fiscal
quarter.
We have an additional credit agreement with another U.S. bank which supports our credit needs outside of the United States. It was also
amended on November 15, 2013 and becomes due on November 15, 2016. The facility provides for a $40,000 line of credit and includes
facilities for letters of credit and bank guarantees and to secure foreign loans for our international subsidiaries. This credit agreement is
unsecured. It contains the same covenants as the credit agreement on the line of credit and contains an inter creditor agreement whereby
the debt has a cross default provision with the primary credit agreement described above. The total credit allowed between the two credit
agreements is limited to $40,000. As of May 2, 2015, there were no advances outstanding and approximately $2,655 in bank guarantees
under this line of credit.
We were in compliance with all applicable covenants as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014. The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
as of May 2, 2015 was 47-to-1, and the ratio of interest-bearing debt to EBITDA as of May 2, 2015 was 0.04-to-1.
Note 11. Shareholders’ Equity and Share-Based Compensation
Common stock: Our authorized shares of 120,000,000 consist of 115,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of
“undesignated stock.” Our Board of Directors has the power to issue any or all of the shares of undesignated stock without shareholder
approval, including the authority to establish the rights and preferences of the undesignated stock.
Each outstanding share of our common stock includes one common share purchase right. Each right entitles the registered holder to
purchase from us one-tenth of one share of common stock at a price of $100 per common share, subject to adjustment and the terms of
the shareholder rights agreement under which the dividend was declared and paid. The rights become exercisable immediately after the
earlier of (i) 10 business days following a public announcement that a person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 15 percent
or more of our outstanding common shares (subject to certain exclusions) or (ii) 10 business days following the commencement or
announcement of an intention to make a tender offer or exchange offer for our common shares, the consummation of which would result
in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common shares. The rights expire on November
19, 2018, which date may be extended by our Board subject to certain additional conditions.
Stock incentive plans: During fiscal 2008, we established the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”) and ceased granting options under
the 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Outside Directors Option Plan (“2001 Plans”). The 2007 Plan provides for the issuance
of stock-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and deferred stock, to employees, directors and
consultants. Stock options issued to employees under the plans generally have a 10-year life, an exercise price equal to the fair market
value on the grant date and a five-year annual vesting period. Stock options granted to independent directors under these plans have a
seven-year life and an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Stock options granted to independent directors
prior to fiscal 2010 vested annually over three years, and options granted in or after fiscal 2010 vest in one year. The restricted stock
granted to independent directors vests in one year, provided that they remain on the Board. Restricted stock units are granted to employees
and have a five-year annual vesting period. As with stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock unit ownership cannot be transferred
during the vesting period.
At May 2, 2015, the aggregate number of shares available for future grant under the 2007 Plan for stock options and restricted stock
awards was 27 shares. Full value awards such as restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards reduce the number of shares available
for issuance by a factor of two, and if such an award were forfeited or terminated without delivery of the shares, the number of shares
again becoming eligible for issuance would be multiplied by a factor of two. Although the 2001 Plans remain in effect for options
outstanding, no new options can be granted under these plans.
Restricted stock and restricted stock units: We issue restricted stock to our non-employee directors and restricted stock units to employees.
The fair value of restricted stock and our restricted stock unit awards are measured on the grant date based on the market value of our
common stock. The related compensation expense as calculated under ASC 718, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized over the
applicable vesting period. Unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards was
approximately $2,751 at May 2, 2015, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years. The total fair
value of restricted stock vested was $1,089, $804, and $666 for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Page |50
A summary of nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock units for the years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013
is as follows:
Year Ended
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014 April 27, 2013
Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Number of Grant Date Number of Grant Date Number of Grant Date
Nonvested Fair Value Nonvested Fair Value Nonvested Fair Value
Shares Per Share Shares Per Share Shares Per Share
Outstanding at beginning of year 318 $ 9.59 279 $ 9.74 242 $ 9.81
Granted 150 12.25 147 10.03 119 8.50
Vested (111) 9.83 (85) 9.47 (69) 12.05
Forfeited (13) 10.70 (23) 9.37 (13) 9.63
Outstanding at end of year 344 10.63 318 9.59 279 9.74
Stock Options: We issue incentive stock options to our employees and non-qualified stock options to our independent directors. A
summary of stock option activity under all stock option plans during the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015 is as follows:
Weighted Weighted
Average Average
Exercise Remaining Aggregate
Stock Price Per Contractual Intrinsic
Options Share Life (Years) Value
Outstanding at April 26, 2014 2,935 $ 13.77 5.00 $ 6,333
Granted 205 13.31 — —
Canceled or forfeited (167) 14.57 — —
Exercised (232) 10.84 — 533
Outstanding at May 2, 2015 2,741 $ 13.94 4.63 $ 2,258
Shares vested and expected to vest 2,714 $ 13.96 4.60 $ 2,244

Exercisable at May 2, 2015 2,018 $ 14.96 3.54 $ 1,802
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options represents the difference between the exercise price of stock options and the fair market
value of the underlying common stock for all in-the-money options. We define in-the-money options at May 2, 2015 as options having
exercise prices lower than the $10.75 per share market price of our common stock on that date. There were in-the-money options to
purchase 953 shares exercisable at May 2, 2015. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013
was $533, $1,534, and $562, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested was $1,294, $1,541, and $1,898 for fiscal years
2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. We recognize the fair value of the
stock options on a straight-line basis as compensation expense. All options are recognized over the requisite service periods of the awards,
which are generally the vesting periods.
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting
restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including
the expected stock price volatility. ASC 718 requires us to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-
based compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest. The following factors are the significant assumptions used in the
computation of the fair value of options:
Expected life. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time they are expected to be outstanding. We estimate
the expected life of options granted based on historical exercise patterns, which we believe are representative of future behavior. We
have examined our historical pattern of option exercises in an effort to determine if there were any discernible patterns of activity
based on certain demographic characteristics. Demographic characteristics tested included age, salary level, job level and
geographic location. We have determined there were no meaningful differences in option exercise activity based on the
demographic characteristics tested.
Expected volatility. We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on historical volatility consistent
with ASC 718 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share Based Payments. Our decision to use historical volatility instead
Page |51
of implied volatility was based upon analyzing historical data along with the lack of availability of history of actively traded options
on our common stock.
Risk-free interest rate. The rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a term similar to the
expected life of the options.
Dividend yield. We use an expected dividend yield consistent with our dividend yield over the period of time we have paid
dividends.
The following table provides the weighted-average fair value of options granted and the related assumptions used in the Black-Scholes
model:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Fair value of options granted $ 5.44 $ 4.91 $ 3.43
Risk-free interest rate 1.93 - 2.14% 2.03 - 2.34% 0.71 - 1.13%
Expected dividend rate 2.60% 2.32% 2.43%
Expected volatility 48.01 - 51.89% 54.09 - 54.37% 45.60 - 46.15%
Expected life of option 5.84 - 6.95 years 5.9 - 6.9 years 5.9 - 6.8 years
Employee stock purchase plan: We have an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”), which enables employees after six months of
continuous employment to elect, in advance and semi-annually, to contribute up to 15 percent of their compensation, subject to certain
limitations, toward the purchase of our common stock at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lower of the fair market value of the
common stock on the first or last day of the participation period. The ESPP requires participants to hold any shares purchased under the
ESPP for a minimum period of one year after the date of purchase. Compensation expense recognized on shares issued under our ESPP
is based on the value of a traded option to purchase shares of our stock at a 15 percent discount to the stock price. The total number of
shares reserved under the ESPP is 2,500. The number of shares of common stock issued under the ESPP totaled 248, 195, and 214 shares
in fiscal 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The number of shares of common stock reserved for future employee purchases under the
ESPP totaled 742 shares at May 2, 2015. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Total share-based compensation expense: As of May 2, 2015, there was $5,136 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to
nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under all equity compensation plans. Total unrecognized compensation cost
will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. We expect to recognize the cost over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.
The following table presents a summary of the share-based compensation expense by equity type as follows:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Stock options $ 1,311 $ 1,451 $ 1,812
Restricted stock and stock units 1,234 1,000 765
Employee stock purchase plans 493 446 460
$ 3,038 $ 2,897 $ 3,037
A summary of the share-based compensation expenses for stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and shares issued under
the ESPP for the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013 is as follows:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Cost of goods sold $ 737 $ 657 $ 633
Selling 825 810 856
General and administrative 908 859 980
Product design and development 568 571 568
$ 3,038 $ 2,897 $ 3,037
We received $2,513 in cash from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015.
The tax (expense) benefit related to non-qualified options and restricted stock units under all share-based payment arrangements totaled
$3, $(126), and $346 for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Page |52
Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans
We sponsor a 401(k) savings plan under which eligible U.S. employees may choose to make voluntary contributions of such employees'
compensation on a pretax basis, subject to certain Internal Revenue Service (IRS) limits. We make matching contributions equal to 50
percent of the employee's qualifying contribution up to six percent of such employee's compensation plus other discretionary contributions
as authorized by our Board of Directors. Employees are eligible to participate upon completion of one year of service if they have attained
the age of 21 and have worked more than 1000 hours during such plan year. We contributed $2,115, $1,859 and $1,713 to the plan for
fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
We have unfunded deferred compensation agreements with one individual who is a former officer and another individual who is a former
officer and director under which interest is credited each year to each participant’s account in an amount equal to the five-year Treasury
note rate as of January 1 of each plan year. Total amounts accrued for these plans as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014 was $433 and
$522, respectively. Contributions for each of the fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $23, $23 and $23, respectively. The amounts
accrued under the plans are not funded and are subject to the claims of the participants’ creditors. Participants may elect various forms
of withdrawals upon retirement, including a lump sum distribution or annual payments over five or 10 years. In 2015, a payment of $93
was distributed to one participant, which represented the first of five years of payments.
Note 13. Income Taxes
The pretax income attributable to domestic and foreign operations was as follows:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Domestic $ 29,194 $ 35,699 $ 27,667
Foreign 2,489 1,542 3,262
Income before income taxes $ 31,683 $ 37,241 $ 30,929
Income tax expense consisted of the following:

Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Current:
Federal $ 6,657 $ 11,342 $ 9,517
State 1,150 1,454 2,219
Foreign 848 696 754
Deferred:
Federal 1,906 1,241 (3,114)
State 307 667 (1,090)
Foreign (67) (365) (136)
$ 10,801 $ 15,035 $ 8,150
Page |53
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income before
income taxes is as follows:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Computed income tax expense (benefit) at
federal, state and local jurisdiction
statutory rates $ 11,089 $ 13,035 $ 10,825
State taxes, net federal benefit 1,016 1,433 684
Research and development tax credit (1,292) (750) (1,804)
Meals and entertainment 369 344 308
Stock compensation 566 586 466
Dividends paid to retirement plan (352) (328) (616)
Domestic production activities deduction (529) (1,012) (976)
Change in valuation allowances (2,295) 2,301 —
Change in uncertain tax positions 2,357 111 (70)
Other, net (128) (685) (667)
$ 10,801 $ 15,035 $ 8,150
The components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:

May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Warranty reserves $ 10,038 $ 10,432
Vacation accrual 1,808 1,510
Net losses on equity investments — 2,870
Deferred maintenance revenue 745 1,332
Reserves for excess and obsolete inventory 939 981
Equity compensation 828 899
Allowance for doubtful accounts 613 797
Inventory capitalization 531 306
Accrued compensation and benefits 1,124 1,397
Intangible assets — 56
Unrealized loss on foreign currency exchange 554 206
Net operating loss carry forwards 791 766
Other 344 379
18,315 21,931
Valuation allowance on equity investments (52) (2,297)
18,263 19,634
Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment (7,249) (6,232)
Prepaid expenses (577) (574)
Other (34) (162)
(7,860) (6,968)
$ 10,403 $ 12,666
The classification of net deferred tax assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is:
May 2, April 26,
2015 2014
Current assets $ 10,640 $ 10,694
Current liabilities — (27)
Non-current assets 702 2,000
Non-current liabilities (939) (1)
$ 10,403 $ 12,666
Page |54
The changes in the amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions are:
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014 April 27, 2013

Balance at beginning of year $ 494 $ 379 $ 449
Gross increases related to prior period tax positions 6 16 —
Gross decreases related to prior period tax positions — — (11)
Gross increases related to current period tax positions 2,496 99 129
Lapse of statute of limitations (105) — (188)
Balance at end of year $ 2,891 $ 494 $ 379
All of our unrecognized tax benefits would have an impact on the effective tax rate if recognized. It is reasonably possible that the amount
of unrecognized tax benefits could change due to one or more of the following events in the next 12 months: expiring statutes, audit
activity, tax payments, or competent authority proceedings. We are not able to reasonably estimate the amount or the future periods in
which changes in unrecognized tax benefits may be resolved; however, we do not anticipate any significant changes within the next 12
months. Interest and penalties incurred associated with uncertain tax positions are included in other (expense) income.
Our fiscal 2014 financial results included a deferred asset tax valuation allowance of $2,297 for a one-time valuation allowance. The
corresponding deferred tax asset was related to potential capital losses from an investment in an affiliate ("affiliate") that is a United
States entity. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we were notified that the affiliate had sold off a significant portion of its operations
for a substantial loss. This loss puts us in doubt of any financial recovery of our investment in affiliate. Although the full capital loss of
the affiliate has not yet been triggered under the Code, we have concluded that it would be more likely than not a capital loss if the affiliate
goes out of business or we abandon the partnership. A tax court case solidified capital loss treatment versus ordinary gain treatment in
abandonments. The Tax Court's decision in Pilgrim's Pride Corporation v. Commissioner and Code Sections 165 and 1234A state that
loss deductions related to worthless security abandonments would be treated as a capital loss versus an ordinary loss.
In fiscal 2015, the Tax Court's decision in Pilgrim's Pride Corporation v. Commissioner was overturned by the federal Fifth Circuit Court
of Appeals. Hence, we abandoned our partnership interest and will record an ordinary loss on our 2015 federal tax return, thereby moving
the asset and valuation allowance into our current tax provision and recording a current deduction. Because our position has a chance
of being disallowed, we believe we cannot reach the more-likely-than not conclusion that this ordinary loss will be realized. Therefore,
we have maintained an uncertain tax provision reserve. We will continue to evaluate the facts and circumstances of this case and adjust
our reserve accordingly.
Additional tax information:
In the normal course of business, income tax authorities in various income tax jurisdictions both within the United States and internationally
conduct routine audits of our income tax returns filed in prior years. Income tax years are open for the United States jurisdiction for
fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014. International jurisdictions have open tax years varying by location beginning in fiscal 2005.
We have no deferred tax liability recognized relating to our investment in foreign subsidiaries where the earnings have been indefinitely
reinvested. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed untaxed earnings of a subsidiary will
be remitted to the United States, we will accrue a tax expense at the time of the remittance. We have approximately $10,437 of untaxed
earnings which have indefinitely been reinvested. Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability on
these is not practicable.
We have income tax net operating loss carryforwards related to our international operations of approximately $2,386 and a $791 deferred
tax asset. These loss carryforwards do not expire; therefore, the deferred tax asset has an indefinite life. Realization is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management
believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered
realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
We recognized an expense of $14, $20 and $10 in net interest and penalties during the years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and
April 27, 2013, respectively. Interest and penalties recognized are recorded in income taxes in our consolidated statements of operations.
We had accrued $16 and $15 in net interest or penalties as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, respectively.
Page |55
Note 14. Cash Flow Information
The changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
(Increase) decrease:
Restricted cash $ 18 $ (466) $ 1,120
Account receivable 6,412 (18,293) 3,364
Long-term receivables 3,234 3,027 2,348
Inventories (1,907) (12,771) 6,656
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings (1,667) 5,955 (16,335)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (575) (536) (658)
Income taxes receivable (3,084) (2,414) 5,944
Advertising rights and other assets 912 64 386
Increase (decrease):
Current marketing obligations and other payables (146) 372 3
Accounts payable 5,594 6,701 4,749
Customer deposits (1,315) 4,931 (450)
Accrued liabilities 2,860 165 2,909
Warranty obligations (2,638) 543 884
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings 1,314 8,238 (140)
Long-term warranty obligations 1,869 1,560 2,048
Income taxes payable (666) (527) 1,023
Deferred revenue (250) (836) (577)
Long-term marketing obligations and other payables 3,468 (501) (171)
$ 13,433 $ (4,788) $ 13,103
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information consisted of the following:

Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Cash payments for:
Interest $ 289 $ 198 $ 420
Income taxes, net of refunds 8,690 16,521 5,422
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities consisted of the following:
Year Ended
2015 2014 2013
Demonstration equipment transferred to inventory $ 34 $ 255 $ 612
Purchases of property and equipment included in
accounts payable 1,510 2,099 1,207
Contributions of common stock under the employee
stock purchase plan 2,512 1,552 1,482
Note 15. Fair Value Measurement
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an
exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishes a fair value hierarchy which
requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The
fair value hierarchy within ASC 820 distinguishes between the following three levels of inputs which may be utilized when measuring
fair value.
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Page |56
Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly (for
example, quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or quoted market prices for identical assets or
liabilities in markets not considered to be active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, or
market-corroborated input).
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities.
The fair values for fixed-rate contracts receivable are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on interest rates currently
being offered for contracts with similar terms to customers with similar credit quality. The carrying amounts reported on our consolidated
balance sheets for contracts receivable approximate fair value and have been categorized as a Level 2 fair value measurement. Fair values
for fixed-rate long-term marketing obligations are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation applying interest rates currently
being offered for debt with similar terms and underlying collateral. The total carrying value of long-term marketing obligations as reported
on our consolidated balance sheets within other long-term obligations approximates fair value and has been categorized as a Level 2 fair
value measurement.
The following table sets forth by Level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair
value on a recurring basis at May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014 according to the valuation techniques we used to determine their fair values.
There have been no transfers of assets or liabilities among the fair value hierarchies presented.
Fair Value Measurements
Level 1 Level 2 Total
Balance as of May 2, 2015:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 57,284 $ — $ 57,284
Restricted cash 496 — 496
Available-for-sale securities:
Certificates of deposit — 11,409 11,409
Municipal obligations — 4,994 4,994
Derivatives - currency forward contracts — (283) (283)
$ 58,781 $ 24,062 $ 82,843
Balance as of April 26, 2014:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 45,054 $ — $ 45,054
Restricted cash 514 — 514
Available-for-sale securities:
Certificates of deposit — 7,734 7,734
Municipal obligations — 7,321 7,321
Derivatives - currency forward contracts — (85) (85)
$ 47,570 $ 23,311 $ 70,881
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument. There have been no
changes in the valuation techniques used by us to value our financial instruments.
Cash and cash equivalents: Consists of cash on hand in bank deposits and highly liquid investments, primarily money market
accounts. The fair value was measured using quoted market prices in active markets. The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Restricted cash: Consists of cash and cash equivalents held in bank deposit accounts to secure issuances of foreign bank guarantees. The
fair value of restricted cash was measured using quoted market prices in active markets. The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Certificates of deposit: Consists of time deposit accounts with original maturities of less than three years and various yields. The fair
value of these securities was measured based on valuations observed in less active markets than Level 1 investments from a third-party
financial institution. The carrying amount approximates fair value.
U.S. Government securities: Consists of U.S. Government treasury bills, notes, and bonds with original maturities of less than three years
and various yields. The fair value of these securities was measured using quoted market prices in active markets.
Page |57
U.S. Government sponsored entities: Consist of Fannie Mae and Federal Home Loan Bank investment grade debt securities trading with
sufficient frequency and volume to enable us to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis. The fair value of these securities was
measured based on valuations observed in less active markets than Level 1 investments. The contractual maturities of these investments
vary from one month to three years.
Municipal obligations: Consist of investment grade municipal bonds trading with sufficient frequency and volume to enable us to obtain
pricing information on an ongoing basis. The contractual maturities of these investments vary from two to three years. The fair value
of these bonds was measured based on valuations observed in less active markets than Level 1 investments.
Derivatives – currency forward contracts: Consists of currency forward contracts trading with sufficient frequency and volume to enable
us to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis. The fair value of these securities was measured based on a valuation from a third-
party bank. See Note 16. Derivative Financial Instruments for more information regarding our derivatives.
The fair value measurement standard also applies to certain non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring
basis. For example, certain long-lived assets such as goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are measured at fair
value in connection with business combinations or when an impairment is recognized and the related assets are written down to fair
value. We utilized the fair value measurement standard, using primarily level 3 inputs, to value the assets and liabilities for the business
combinations involving OPEN and Data Display, and determination of goodwill associated with the Vortek disposal. See "Note 4.
Business Combinations" for more information. We did not make any material business combinations or recognize significant impairment
losses during fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014.
Note 16. Derivative Financial Instruments
We utilize derivative financial instruments to manage the economic impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on those transactions
denominated in currencies other than our functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar. We enter into currency forward contracts to
manage these economic risks. We account for all derivatives on the balance sheet within accounts receivable or accounts payable measured
at fair value, and changes in fair values are recognized in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met for cash flow or net
investment hedges. As of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, we had not designated any of our derivative instruments as accounting hedges,
and thus we recorded the changes in fair value in other (expense) income, net.
The foreign currency exchange contracts in aggregated notional amounts in place to exchange United States Dollars at May 2,
2015 and April 26, 2014 were as follows:
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014

U.S. Foreign U.S. Foreign
Dollars Currency Dollars Currency
Foreign Currency Exchange Forward Contracts:
U.S. Dollars/Australian Dollars 1,487 1,918 455 512
U.S. Dollars/Canadian Dollars 4,129 4,923 — —
U.S. Dollars/British Pounds 1,679 1,123 2,484 1,500
U.S. Dollars/Singapore Dollars 1,176 1,601 1,035 1,300
U.S. Dollars/Euros (229) 174 1,314 973
U.S. Dollars/Swiss Franc 5,662 5,500 — —
U.S. Dollars/Japanese Yen 764 91,282 — —
As of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, there was a net liability of $283 and $85, respectively, representing the fair value of foreign
currency exchange forward contracts, which was determined using Level 2 inputs from a third-party bank.
Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation: We are a party to legal proceedings and claims which arise during the ordinary course of business. We review our legal
proceedings and claims, regulatory reviews and inspections, and other legal matters on an ongoing basis and follow appropriate accounting
guidance when making accrual and disclosure decisions. We establish accruals for those contingencies when the incurrence of a loss is
probable and can be reasonably estimated, and we disclose the amount accrued and the amount of a reasonably possible loss in excess
of the amount accrued, if such disclosure is necessary for our financial statements to not be misleading. We do not record an accrual
when the likelihood of loss being incurred is probable, but the amount cannot be reasonably estimated, or when the loss is believed to
be only reasonably possible or remote, although disclosures will be made for material matters as required by ASC 450-20, Loss
Page |58
Contingencies. Our assessment of whether a loss is reasonably possible or probable is based on our assessment and consultation with
legal counsel regarding the ultimate outcome of the matter following all appeals.
As of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, we did not believe there was a reasonable possibility that any material loss for these various claims
or legal actions, including reviews, inspections or other legal proceedings, if any, would be incurred. Accordingly, no accrual or disclosure
of a potential range of loss has been made related to these matters. In the opinion of management, the ultimate liability of all unresolved
legal proceedings is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position, liquidity or capital resources.
Guarantees: In connection with the sale of equipment to various customers, we have entered into contractual arrangements whereby we
agreed to repurchase equipment at the end of the lease term at a fixed price. Our total obligations under these fixed price arrangements
were $1,100 and $1,100 as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, respectively. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 460, Guarantees,
there was no guarantee liability in accrued expenses that needed to be recognized in connection with these arrangements.
Warranties: We offer a standard parts coverage warranty for periods varying from one to five years for most of our products. We also
offer additional types of warranties to include on-site labor, routine maintenance and event support. In addition, the terms of warranties
on some installations can vary from one to 10 years. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary primarily depending on
the type of the product sold. We estimate the costs which may be incurred under the warranty obligations and record a liability in the
amount of such estimated costs at the time the revenue is recognized. Factors affecting our estimate of the cost of our warranty obligations
include historical experience and expectations of future conditions. We continually assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty reserves
and, to the extent we experience any changes in warranty claim activity or costs associated with servicing those claims, our warranty
obligation is adjusted accordingly.
Changes in our warranty liability for the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014 consisted of the following:
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014

Beginning accrued warranty costs $ 27,250 $ 25,146
Warranties issued during the period 14,113 13,008
Settlements made during the period (13,829) (13,796)
Changes in accrued warranty costs for pre-existing
warranties during the period, including expirations (1,053) 2,892
Ending accrued warranty costs $ 26,481 $ 27,250
Performance guarantees: We have entered into standby letters of credit and surety bonds with financial institutions relating to the
guarantee of our future performance on contracts, primarily construction type contracts. As of May 2, 2015, we had outstanding letters
of credit and surety bonds in the amount of $13,615 and $42,720, respectively. Performance guarantees are issued to certain customers
to guarantee the operation and installation of the equipment and our ability to complete a contract. These performance guarantees have
various terms, which are generally one year.
Leases: We lease vehicles, office space and various equipment for various sales and service locations throughout the world, including
manufacturing space in the United States and China. Some of these leases, including the lease for manufacturing facilities in Sioux Falls,
South Dakota, include provisions for extensions or purchase. The lease for the facilities in Sioux Falls, South Dakota can be extended
for an additional three years past its current term, which ends December 31, 2016, and it contains an option to purchase the property
subject to the lease from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 for $8,400, which approximates fair value. If the lease is extended, the
purchase option increases to $8,600 for the year ending December 31, 2017 and $8,800 for the year ending December 31, 2018. Rental
expense for operating leases was $2,714, $2,742 and $2,749 for the fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014 and April 27, 2013,
respectively.
Future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases, excluding executory costs such as management and maintenance fees,
with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following at May 2, 2015:
Fiscal years ending Amount
2016 $ 2,490
2017 1,324
2018 325
2019 68
2020 38
Thereafter —
$ 4,245
Page |59
Purchase commitments: From time to time, we commit to purchase inventory, advertising, information technology maintenance and
support services, and various other products and services over periods that extend beyond one year. As of May 2, 2015, we were obligated
under the following conditional and unconditional purchase commitments, which included $700 in conditional purchase commitments:
Fiscal years ending Amount

2016 $ 1,973
2017 1,090
2018 295
2019 100
2020 —
Thereafter —
$ 3,458
Other long-term obligations: We are obligated to pay the following payments for an acquisition and for other various obligations.
May 2, 2015 April 26, 2014

Advertising $ 700 $ 620
Deferred purchase price 1,476 2,375
Total Outstanding 2,176 2,995
Less: current liability 555 728
Other long-term obligations $ 1,621 $ 2,267
Note 18. Subsequent Events
On May 29, 2015, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.10 per share on our common stock for the fiscal year ended
May 2, 2015, payable on June 23, 2015 to holders of record of our common stock on June 12, 2015.
Note 19. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following table presents summarized quarterly financial data:
Fiscal 2015 Quarter Ended

August 2, November 1, January 31, May 2,
2014 2014 2015 2015
Net sales $ 166,618 $ 173,115 $ 118,123 $ 158,086
Gross profit 43,403 40,877 25,062 35,237
Net income 8,745 7,737 561 3,839
Basic earnings per share 0.20 0.18 0.01 0.09
Diluted earnings per share 0.20 0.18 0.01 0.09
Fiscal 2014 Quarter Ended

July 27, October 26, January 25, April 26,
2013 2013 2014 2014
Net sales $ 138,722 $ 161,639 $ 115,369 $ 136,240
Gross profit 35,502 43,365 29,089 33,754
Net income 5,719 11,790 2,871 1,826
Basic earnings per share 0.13 0.28 0.07 0.04
Diluted earnings per share 0.13 0.27 0.07 0.04
Page |60
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Management of our Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective disclosure controls and procedures as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As of May 2, 2015, an evaluation was performed, under the
supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of May 2, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the
reasonable assurance level to ensure information required to be disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K was recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time period required by the SEC’s rules and forms and accumulated and communicated to management,
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended May 2, 2015 and thereafter, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined
in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance
to our management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal
control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can
provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control
—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based
on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our management concluded our internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of May 2, 2015.
Our internal control over financial reporting as of May 2, 2015 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report that follows.
By /s/ Reece A. Kurtenbach By /s/ Sheila M. Anderson

Reece A. Kurtenbach Sheila M. Anderson
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
June 22, 2015 June 22, 2015
Page |61
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Daktronics Inc.
We have audited Daktronics Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of May 2, 2015, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations
of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Daktronics Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of May 2, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Daktronics Inc. and subsidiaries as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
May 2, 2015 of Daktronics Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated June 22, 2015 expressed “an unqualified opinion thereon”.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
June 22, 2015
Page |62
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
PART III.
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item 10 will be included under the captions “Proposal One - Election of Directors” and “Corporate
Governance” in our Proxy Statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) to be filed within 120 days after
our most recent fiscal year-end. Information concerning the compliance of our officers, directors and 10 percent shareholders with
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference to the information to be contained in the Proxy Statement
under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” The information regarding Audit Committee members
and “Audit Committee Financial Experts” is incorporated by reference to the information to be contained in the Proxy Statement under
the caption “Corporate Governance–Committees of the Board of Directors.” The information regarding our Code of Conduct is
incorporated by reference to the information to be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Corporate Governance – Code
of Conduct.”
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information regarding the compensation of our directors and officers for the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015 will be in the Proxy Statement
under the heading “Proposal One - Election of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.
We maintain a Code of Conduct which applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. Included in the Code of Conduct are ethics
provisions that apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and all other financial and accounting management
employees. A copy of our Code of Conduct can be obtained from our website at www.daktronics.com on the Investor Relations page and
will be made available free of charge to any shareholder upon request. Information on or available through our website is not part of this
Form 10-K. We intend to disclose any waivers from, or amendments to, the Code of Conduct by posting a description of such waiver or
amendment on our Internet website. However, to date, we have not granted a waiver from the Code of Conduct.
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Executive Compensation - Securities Authorized for Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Proposal One – Election of Directors –
Independent Directors” and “Corporate Governance - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” that will be contained
in our Proxy Statement. There were no related party transactions in fiscal 2015.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information regarding our principal accountant will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Proposal Three - Ratification
of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Page |63
PART IV.
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements

Our financial statements, a description of which follows, are contained in Part II, Item 8:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 2, 2015 and April 26, 2014
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014, and April 27, 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014, and April
27, 2013
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2012, and April 27,
2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three fiscal years ended May 2, 2015, April 26, 2014, and April 27, 2013
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Schedules
The following financial statement schedule is submitted herewith:
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Other schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the required information is included in
the financial statements listed above.
(3) Exhibits
A list of exhibits required to be filed as part of this report is set forth in the Index of Exhibits, which immediately precedes such
exhibits, and is incorporated herein by reference.
All Sport®, Daktronics®, DakStats®, DataTime®, Fuelight™, Fuelink™, Galaxy®, GalaxyPro™, OmniSport®, ProAd®, ProPixel®,
ProRail®, ProStar®, ProTour®, Sportsound®, Valo®, Vanguard®, Venus®, V-Net®, Visiconn®, V-Tour®, and V-Link® are trademarks
of Daktronics Inc. All other trademarks referenced are the intellectual property of their respective companies.
Page |64
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual
Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on June 22, 2015.
DAKTRONICS INC.
By: /s/ Reece A. Kurtenbach

Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
By: /s/ Sheila M. Anderson

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf
of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
By /s/ Byron J. Anderson Director June 22, 2015

Byron J. Anderson
By /s/ Robert G. Dutcher Director June 22, 2015

Robert G. Dutcher
By /s/ Nancy D. Frame Director June 22, 2015

Nancy D. Frame
By /s/ Reece A. Kurtenbach Director June 22, 2015

Reece A. Kurtenbach
By /s/ James B. Morgan Director June 22, 2015

James B. Morgan
By /s/ John L. Mulligan Director June 22, 2015

John L. Mulligan
By /s/ James A. Vellenga Director June 22, 2015

James A. Vellenga
Page |65
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
(in thousands)
Additions
Balance at Charged to Charged to Balance
Beginning Costs and Other at End
Description of Year Expenses Accounts Deductions of Year
For the year ended May 2, 2015:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 2,539 $ (146) $ — $ (73) (b) $ 2,320
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventories 2,692 2,701 2 (a) (1,397) (c) 3,998
Allowance for doubtful accounts 2,718 860 — (1,039) (b) 2,539
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventories 3,286 1,219 (1) (a) (1,812) (c) 2,692
Allowance for doubtful accounts 2,398 782 — (462) (b) 2,718
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventories 2,851 3,094 1 (a) (2,660) (c) 3,286
(a) Translation adjustment on foreign subsidiary balances
(b) Write-off of uncollected accounts, net of collections
(c) Obsolete and excess inventory disposals
Page |66
Index of Exhibits
Certain of the following exhibits are incorporated by reference from prior filings. The form with which each exhibit was filed and
the date of filing are as indicated below; the reports described below are filed as Commission File No. 0-23246 unless otherwise
indicated.
3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with
our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q on August 30, 2013).
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 filed with our Annual Report
on Form 10-K on June 12, 2013).
4.1 Form of Stock Certificate evidencing Common Stock, without par value, of the Company (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 filed with our Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 on January 12, 1994 as
Commission File No. 33-72466).
4.2 Rights Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with our Form 8-A on August 29, 2008).
4.3 2001 Incentive Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8
filed on November 8, 2001 as Commission File No. 333-72990).*
4.4 2001 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on
Form S-8 filed on November 8, 2001 as Commission File No. 333-72990).*
4.5 Daktronics Inc. 2007 Incentive Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q on August 20, 2007).*
10.1 Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Agreement Between the Company and Aelred Kurtenbach
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K on June 28, 2004).*
10.2 Loan Agreement dated October 14, 1998 between U.S. Bank National Association and the Company (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on December 11, 1998).
10.3 Eighth Amendment to Loan Agreement dated November 12, 2009 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank
National Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 12, 2009).
10.4 Tenth Amendment to Loan Agreement dated November 15, 2011 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National
Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November
17, 2011).
10.5 Eleventh Amendment to Loan Agreement dated November 9, 2012 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank
November 9, 2012).
10.6 Renewal Revolving Note dated November 15, 2013 issued by the Company to the U.S. Bank National Association
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2013).
10.7 Loan Agreement dated December 23, 2010 between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2011).
10.8 Second Amendment to Loan Agreement Dated November 15, 2011 by and between the Company and Bank of America,
N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17,
2011).
10.9 Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated July 2, 2012 by and between the Company and Bank of America, N.A.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2012).
10.10 Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement dated November 9, 2012 by and between the Company and Bank of America,
N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2012).
10.11 Reaffirmation and Second Amendment to Unlimited Guaranty Agreement dated November 9, 2012 by and between the
Company and Bank of America, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with our Current Report on Form
8-K filed on November 9, 2012).
10.12 Amended and Restated Revolving Note dated November 15, 2013 issued by the Company to Bank of America, N.A.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2013).
10.13 Twelfth Amendment to Loan Agreement dated November 15, 2013 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank
November 18, 2013).
10.14 Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement dated November 15, 2013 by and between the Company and Bank of America,
N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18,
2013).
10.15 Reaffirmation of and Third Amendment to Unlimited Guaranty Agreement dated November 15, 2013 by and between
the Company and Bank of America, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with our Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2013).
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. (1)
Page |67
23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. (1)
24 Power of Attorney. (1)
31.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (1)
31.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (1)
32.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C.
Section 1350). (1)
32.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C.
Section 1350). (1)
101 The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 2, 2015,
formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the
Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, and (vii) document and entity information. (1)
(1) Filed herewith electronically.
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Page |68
EXHIBIT 32.1
DAKTRONICS INC.
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Daktronics Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended May 2,
2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Reece A. Kurtenbach, Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by
the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
/s/ Reece A. Kurtenbach
Reece A. Kurtenbach
Chief Executive Officer
June 22, 2015
EXHIBIT 32.2
DAKTRONICS INC.
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Daktronics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended May 2,
2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Sheila M. Anderson, Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by
the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
/s/ Sheila M. Anderson
Sheila M. Anderson
Chief Financial Officer
June 22, 2015
Page |69
DIRECTORS & COMPANY MANAGERS
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Byron J. Anderson2, 3 Robert G. Dutcher2 Nancy D. Frame2, 3
Former Senior Vice President Former Strategic Advisor Lead Member Former Deputy Director
Agilent Technologies, Inc. of MEDRAD, Inc. U.S. Trade and Development Agency
John L. Mulligan1 James A. Vellenga1, 3 Bruce W. Tobin, retired May 1, 20151

Investment Associate Former President and CEO Former Vice President of Finance for
UBS Financial Services, Inc. BSFX Corporation International and Coprorate Staff Services
3M
1
Member of Audit Committee
2
Member of Compensation Committee
3
Member of Nominating and Governance Committee
NON-INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
Reece A. Kurtenbach(1) James B. Morgan
Chairman of the Board, President and Former President and CEO
CEO Daktronics, Inc.
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Sheila M. Anderson Bradley T. Wiemann Carla S. Gatzke
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer Executive Vice President Commerical, Vice President Human Resources,
High School Park and Recreation, and Secretary
Transportation Business Units
Matthew J. Kurtenbach
Vice President Manufacturing
OTHER OFFICERS
Brett D. Wendler Sarah Rose Rich E. Hinz
Vice President Engineering Vice President Services Vice President Information Technology
Jay W. Parker Seth T. Hansen

Vice President Live Events Sales Vice President Project Management
Pete F. Egart Daniel J. Chase Judd Guthmiller

Vice President EMELA Sales Vice President Asia-Pacific Sales Vice President International Operations
Page | 70

INVESTOR RELATIONS ANNUAL MEETING

You can contact Daktronics Investor Relations at any time to The annual meeting of shareholders will be held September 2,
order financial documents such as our Annual Report or Form 2015 at Daktronics headquarters in Brookings, South Dakota,
10-K free of charge. at 7:00 pm Central Daylight Time. Shareholders of record on
June 29, 2015 will be eligible to vote at the meeting.
You may contact us about any investment related questions, via
phone, fax, email, or through our web site. Our contact
information is: FORM 10-K AND OTHER REPORTS
Copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
Daktronics, Inc. year ended May 2, 2015, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Investor Relations Commission, are available without charge upon written request
201 Daktronics Drive to the Investor Relations Dept., Daktronics, Inc., 201
Brookings, SD 57006 Daktronics Drive, Brookings, South Dakota, 57006-5128; by
Website: www.daktronics.com calling 800-605-DAKT (3258); or by accessing the Company’s
Email: investor@daktronics.com website at www.daktronics.com
Phone: 605-692-0200
Fax: 605-697-4700
STOCK PRICE HISTORY
Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select
TRANSFER AGENT Market under the symbol DAKT. High and low sales prices of
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. our common stock for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 are presented
Shareowner Services below.
1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101
Mendota Heights, MN 55120 FISCAL 2014 FISCAL 2015
High Low High Low
Inquiries related to stock transfers or lost certificates should be First Quarter $ 11.49 $ 9.63 $ 14.47 $ 11.05
directed to Wells Fargo Shareowner Services by calling 800- Second Quarter $ 12.35 $ 10.45 $ 13.68 $ 11.02
468-9716 or 651-450-4064. Third Quarter $ 15.80 $ 11.73 $ 13.87 $ 11.48
Fourth Quarter $ 14.63 $ 13.06 $ 13.05 $ 10.03
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
EY, Minneapolis, Minnesota ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Visit us at www.daktronics.com for additional information on
LEGAL COUNSEL upcoming and future projects, product offerings, and other
Winthrop & Weinstine, P.A., Minneapolis, Minnesota items of interest.
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements:

This annual report, including information incorporated by reference and the Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains both historical and forward-looking
statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The statements contained in this report that (including exhibits and any information incorporated
by reference) are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section
21B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions and strategies for the future. These
statements appear in a number of places in this report and include all statements that are not historical statements of fact regarding the intent, belief or current
expectations with respect to, among other things: our financing plans; trends affecting our financial condition or results of operations; our growth strategy and
operating strategy; our competition; our business outside of the United States; our large contracts with significant customers; our ability to protect our intellectual
property rights; excess production capacity or capacity needs; our involvement in litigation; difficult conditions of the economy; and the declaration and payment
of dividends. The words “may,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “plans” and similar expressions and variations
thereof are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future
performance and involve risk and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control, and that actual results may differ materially from those
projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors discussed herein, including those discussed in the section of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and those
factors discussed in detail in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Copyright © 2015 Daktronics, Inc. DD3083659 06222015

AEPA FORM F.1: COMPLIANCE
AEPA IFB #016 – I

Daktronics, Inc.
NAME OF BIDDER ___________________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS:
1. This form is eight (8) pages long. The bidder’s authorized representative must sign the form at the end.
2. The criteria listed below are derived from the Part B: Bid Specifications this IFB. Other than industry
requirements established in federal, state or local statutes, exceptions/deviations may be proposed as
long as they are expressly noted below and clarified on Form F.2., which follows. Please understand that
the stated specifications represent the most desirable attributes of the products and services sought by
AEPA and its AEPA Member Agencies.
3. AEPA understands that not all bidders provide all commodities indicated in the specifications. Bidders
may propose specific, similar and/or alternative manufacturer’s product lines and/or services without
prejudice as long as the proposed products and services meet or exceed the specifications in Part B: Bid
Specifications of this IFB.
4. For each criterion below, check either “Comply” if it aligns with the company’s ability to provide products
and services or “Deviate” if it does not.
5. If there are no deviations to the specifications, indicate that by checking the appropriate box on Form F.2
and sign it.
6. Scan the completed form to a PDF file and title as instructed in Part C (this section), page 2, #5.
Item Description Comply Deviate

6.1 The Vendor Partner will have access to a full inventory of the
awarded product line.
X
6.2 The Vendor Partner shall maintain a minimum monthly
overall average fill rate of 95% or above. Line items that are X
reordered, backordered, or partially filled are not considered
filled line items when calculating this service level.
6.3 Orders must be shipped within 48 hours after receipt of an
order 90% of the time. The Vendor Partner will notify the X
Buyer if product ordered cannot be shipped within this time
period to provide the opportunity to secure product elsewhere.
6.4 Vendor Partners must be a manufacturer’s authorized sales
and service dealer for all proposed equipment/software. An
authorized sales and service dealer is defined in this
solicitation as one purchasing their products for resell directly
from the manufacturer(s) or the manufacturer’s approved X
channels. Products that result from new authorized sales and
service dealer arrangements between the Vendor Partner and
the manufacturer during the term of this contract may be
added and offered through the AEPA contract.
6.5 All charges and components necessary for performance of the
contract shall be clearly identified even if such are not X
specifically addressed in any paragraph or sub-paragraph or
form that is a part of this request.
6.6 If the Vendor Partner intends to utilize independent
agents/distributors, subcontractors and/or third-party agents to
perform and/or provide any part of the products and services X
offered herein, the Vendor Partner must identify all providers
and any and all associated costs with these providers.
6.7 Optional services must be identified separately, and must
include clear descriptions of proposed services. X
Part C: Bid Forms
Item Description Comply Deviate
6.8 Vendor Partners must provide a product or mix of products in
a manner that will allow Buyers to migrate to emerging
technologies/services and between legacy technologies with X
no penalty charge associated with maintaining the most
appropriate selections of goods and services throughout the
life of the contract.
6.9 Vendor Partners must be able to supply paper catalogs where
requested. The catalog shall have a cover label indicating that
the catalog’s contents are available through the participating X
Member Agency and the AEPA contract. The label shall
identify the agency’s contract number, discount level(s) and
any special ordering instructions.
6.10 Packing slips shall accompany all deliveries and shall contain
Buyer’s purchase order number, vendor name and name of X
article. Cartons shall be identified by purchase order number
and vendor name.
6.11 Orders not filled and partials shall be indicated on the packing
list. Vendor Partner shall inform member of anticipated X
availability date for unfilled and partial orders.
6.12 All products sold by the Vendor Partner must be new. Only
the newest versions of software and equipment will be bid.
Older versions will only be sold, if specifically requested.
Vendor Partner may offer reconditioned products as a X
Voluntary Alternate; such items shall be marketed and labeled
as being reconditioned.
6.13 Products that have a 30/60/90 day money back guarantee will
be clearly identified in the catalog and on the web site (if X
applicable).
6.14 Vendor Partner has the option to offer private label products.
Vendor Partner shall maintain the same manufacturer
specifications for private label products throughout the term of
contract. Any change of manufacturers for a private label X
shall result in offerings equal to or superior to the originally
approved manufacturer at a price equal to or lower than the
original offering.
6.15 Vendor Partner must maintain a toll free technical support line
open 8 a.m. Eastern Time zone until 5 p.m., Pacific Time
zone, Monday through Friday. Calls must be answered by a X
live US technician.
6.16 Vendor Partner must have a 24-hour toll-free order fax line. X
6.17 If the Vendor Partner makes an error in pricing (typographical
or photographic error, for example), the Buyer reserves the
right to return the product. The Vendor Partner agrees to pay
X
for cost of any returned product due to a pricing error.
6.18 Vendor Partner shall provide a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all
items sold, if required. A separate sheet shall be provided for X
each individual item when purchase is made.
6.19 Orders that are $50.00 or more shall include free shipping.
Vendor Partner shall bid a flat rate for all orders that are less
than $50.00 regardless of where to be shipped in the
X
continental United States.
Part C: Bid Forms
CATEGORY SPECIFICATIONS Comply Deviate
7.1 General a. A variety of scoreboard and marquee solutions must be offered and
equipped with the necessary control systems, displays and indicators
X
required to communicate scores and information to both the
participants of the event and the community in attendance for the
sport or event being conducted at the facility, that is, football,
basketball, baseball, hockey, track, volleyball and multipurpose uses
is desired.
b. The offeror must be willing and able to provide a complete line of
either scoreboards or marquees, or both, that possess the capabilities
and captions required to meet the individual AEPA member’s needs
and requirements.
c. Product lines of scoreboards and marquees that display a variety of
captions and messaging capabilities are desired and must include all
related accessories normally associated such as ad/sponsor panels,
scorer's tables, truss or other decorative accents, sound systems,
identification panels, and marketing services related to equipment.
d. The product line of indoor and outdoor devices must meet and/or
exceed governmental codes and industry performance and operational
standards relating to their designated purpose and application with in
the members site conditions and environment.
e. All materials shall be guaranteed to be installed and perform in
accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
f. Current display technology, that is, light emitting diode (LED) of
colors R ed, A m ber, B lue, W hite in monochrome and RGB.
g. Product cabinets shall be constructed of aluminum and include all
necessary mounting brackets required.
h. Products shall be available in a v a r i e t y o f standard colors in order
to meet institution’s color scheme. Custom colors can be offered.
i. Product lines offered shall include a variety of shapes and sizes to
allow for the diversity of individual member’s needs and
requirements.
j. Scoreboards and marquees offered shall be shipped assembled and
ready to be installed. If this is not the case, the offeror must clearly
identify and state the assembly required.
k. A variety of numeral, alpha character and three object sizes must be
available.
l. Multi-purpose products that can be used for multiple activities and
events are requested. Four-sided models for large gyms are desired.
m. Products offered shall be UL or ETL listed.
n. Products offered for both indoor and outdoor shall have built-in
protection against damage from lightning.
o. Products with advertising space are desired.
p. Products with both conventional wire and remote access or radio
control are desired.
q. All materials and equipment must be new and unused. All materials
and equipment offered under this category will be from manufacturers
regularly engaged in the manufacture of indoor and outdoor sports
equipment, and shall be the latest standard designs current at the time
of delivery.
r. Offeror must be willing and able to warrant products offered and their
installation against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a
m i n i m u m period of five (5) years from date of acceptance.
7.2 a. Scoreboard
BASKETBALL 1) Basketball scoreboard shall be direct wired to stand-alone X
control console or a wireless control system.
2) Display shall include minutes, seconds, and scores for two
teams, as well as period, possession, bonus and double
Part C: Bid Forms
bonus for each team on the top section; team fouls for two
teams and player number with personal fouls on the bottom
section.
3) Scoreboard can also score volleyball, wrestling and any
sport requiring a clock, score and period function.
4) Provide with changeable captions for volleyball and
wrestling on the bottom section.
5) Game clock shall have a lit colon or decimal to indicate
display of either minutes and seconds or seconds and tenths
of seconds.
6) Equipment to be solid-state electronic technology.
b. Cabinet
1) Cabinet to be constructed of aluminum and include
mounting brackets and constructed of aluminum.
2) Cabinet and trim colors shall be as selected from
manufacturer’s standard colors. Custom colors are
available.
3) Cabinet to be shipped assembled and constructed for wall
mounting.
4) Digits shall be made up of seven bar-type segments evenly
illuminated by epoxy encapsulated LEDs. Digits shall be
colored amber for game clock; red and green for other
information and protected by an acrylic faceplate. Digit
colors shall be determined exclusively by LED light to
maximize color saturation. Non-illuminated areas on
faceplate shall be screened with black, non-reflective paint
to provide maximum contrast.
5) Game clock shall have a display capacity up to “99:59”,
team scores to “199”, period to “9”, team fouls to “99”,
personal fouls to “9”, player number to “99”. Bonus or
double bonus shall be indicated by two arrows for each
team.
6) Captions shall be adhesive backed white vinyl permanently
attached to the cabinet. Changeable captions for volleyball
and wrestling shall be the same vinyl on aluminum plaques.
7) Electronics to be packaged in a low voltage, plug-in
processor accessible from front of cabinet.
8) Power to be 120 watts maximum 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
9) Provide electronic horn rated at 100dB at 10’0”.
c. Control
1) Remote Control Cable.
(a). Control console can also be available in wire or radio
configuration with functionality to allow scoreboard to
auto-detect simultaneous wire or radio data
transmission and utilize the strongest signal strength.
2) Furnish one length of two wire-shielded cables to connect
from the control receptacle junction box to the scoreboard
cabinet.
3) Provide a carrying case.
d. Limited Warranty
1) Warranty provides a minimum of 5 years of no cost parts
exchange including standard shipping for electronic parts
including radios due to manufacturing defects. Provide
toll-free service coordination and technical online and
phone support during business hours.
e. Optional Equipment
Part C: Bid Forms
1) Provide shot timers.
2) Provide one clock hand switch or sideline hand switch for
second operator.
3) Provide one duplicate control allowing independent
operation of a two scoreboard system and providing a
backup unit.
4) Provide player line-up panels, one to be mounted on each
side of scoreboard cabinet, accommodating up to 15
players’ names and numbers. Furnish with a steel
suspension and lowering assembly and a font of 1,125 snap-
in letters and numbers.
5) Provide foul indicator panels to be used in conjunction with
player line-up panels.
6) Provide six-line announcement panel to be permanently
attached to the bottom of the scoreboard cabinet.
7) Provide wireless or battery-powered control operation for
above equipment.
7.3 a. Scoreboard.
FOOTBALL 1) Shall be direct wired to stand-alone control console or a X
wireless control system.
2) Display shall include minutes, seconds, tenths of seconds
and score for two teams, as well as quarter, ball possession,
timeouts left for each team, down, yards to go and ball on.
b. Cabinet
1) To include mounting brackets and constructed of
aluminum. Cabinet to be shipped assembled and
constructed for two-column mounting with two steel
mounting brackets built into the cabinet.
2) Cabinet and trim colors shall be as selected from
manufacturer’s standard colors. Custom colors are
available.
c. Display
1) Display digits and indicators shall be made up of 2.3 inch
by 2.3 inch circuit card mounted pixels. Each pixel shall be
individually replaceable and contain nine LEDs. LEDs shall
be amber in color.
2) Pixels shall be environmentally sealed with a Dow-Corning
potting mixture to protect the electronics from moisture. A
neoprene gasket shall seal each circuit card ,to the cabinet,
preventing moisture from entering the cabinet.
3) At a minimum the digit height shall be 30” for clock; 24”
for team score, quarter, down, yards to go and ball on; 18”
for timeouts left. Possession indicators shall be 10” high.
4) At a minimum the Game clock shall have a display capacity
up to “99:59.9”, team score to “99”, quarter to “9”, timeouts
left to “9”, down to “9”, to go to “99” and ball on to “99”.
5) At a minimum the digits shall consist of the following
number of pixels: 30”, 34 pixels; 24”, 27 pixels; 18”, 20
pixels. Each possession indicator shall consist of eight (8)
pixels arranged in the shape of a football.
6) Captions shall be adhesive backed vinyl permanently
attached to the cabinet. Home and visitor shall be on
painted white backgrounds with black lettering.
7) Electronics to be packaged in a low voltage plug-in
8) Power to be 120VAC, 60 Hz
Part C: Bid Forms
d. Control
1) Remote Control Cable.
(a). Control console available in wire or radio configuration
with functionality to allow scoreboard to auto-detect
simultaneous wire or radio data transmission and
utilize the strongest signal strength.
2) Furnish one length of two wire-shielded cables to connect
from the control receptacle junction box to the scoreboard
cabinet.
3) Provide a carrying case.
e. Limited Warranty
1) Warranty provides a minimum of 5 years of no cost parts
exchange including standard shipping on electronic parts
and radios due to manufacturing defects. Provide toll-free
service coordination and technical online and phone support
during business hours.
f. Provide electronic team name message centers

1) Provide one clock handswitch or sideline handswitch for
second operator.
2) Provide wireless or battery-powered control operation for
above equipment.
g. Optional Equipment.
1) Provide a horn.
7.4 a. General
ONE-SIDED 1) Shall be ETL/CETL listed. X
LED 2) Marquee shall be direct wired to control or operated via
M ARQUEE data radio or wireless from the control point.
3) Marquee shall display user-programmed messages on a 16
x 80 or a 48 x 100 matrix.
b. Cabinet
1) Cabinet shall be constructed of aluminum including
mounting brackets. Product to be shipped assembled and
constructed for two-pole mounting.
2) Cabinet color shall be as selected from manufacturer’s
standard colors.
3) Display shall be made up of circuit card mounted LEDs.
Pixel spacing shall be no greater than 1.25” with a
minimum of four (4) LEDs per pixel. Character color shall
be amber. Two-line display shall feature characters a
minimum of 8.75” in height per line. Average number of
characters per line shall be 14-15.
4) Electronics to be packaged in a low voltage plug-in
5) Power to be 280 watts maximum 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
c. Control
1) Requires 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
2) Provide 4-conductor data cable OR be via Wi-Fi ready
mobile phone or tablet through a web browser.
d. Warranty
1) Warranty provided for a period of five (5) years from the
date of invoice against defects in workmanship or material.
Defective components will be repaired or replaced on a
Part C: Bid Forms
factory exchange basis. Exclusions include, but are not
limited to accident, neglect, abuse, misuse or natural
disasters.
e. Optional Equipment
1) Provide controller with ISE Play interface and 2-conductor
shielded cable.
2) Provide direct controller with coaxial cable or dial-up
modem connection or wireless connection.
3) Provide red LED characters.
f. Control System
1) Construction shall be an aluminum case with four (4)
rubber slide-resistant feet.
2) Operating features shall include a two-line LCD readout
showing information as sent to the scoreboard display,
constant display of time remaining or time lapsed, jump
clock capability, changeable color-coded keypad to allow
key identification change by sport, numeric key pad, plus
and minus keys for quick sequential data entry, push-type
horn button and a positive action rocker switch for the time
in/time out function.
3) Electronic features shall include a program mode allowing
change in sport controlled or accommodation of a sport
rules change, a memory circuit to retain information if
power interrupted and electronic foul memory.
4) Power to be 12 watts maximum 120 VAC, 60Hz.
5) Furnished with an 8’ power and 10’ data cable cord to
connect to power source and control receptacle junction
box.
g. Options
1) FCC Certified Wireless System.
2) Furnished with factory-installed transmitter and antenna.
3) Each display shall be furnished with factory-installed
receiver and antenna.
4) System shall allow for synchronized operation of two or
more scoreboards from one control operating on the same
channel.
5) System shall allow for multiple displays to be operated
from a single control to show the scores of one game or for
multiple displays to be controlled by multiple controls to
show scores from different games simultaneously in
progress. These two modes of operation shall be user
selectable at the control with no access to the displays
required.
6) System shall not interfere with wireless LANs and personal
computing devices that use the 2.4GHz ISM band.
7) System shall operate normally in the presence of cell
phones, pagers and their transmission towers.
8) System shall utilize spread spectrum technology that
redundantly transmits the same data at least 16 times.
9) Radio-link indicator light shall indicate when transmission
link is operational.
10) System shall refresh display with new data no less than 10
times per second for smooth and accurate operation of
game and shot clocks, including 1/10 second timing.
11) System shall have a transmission range of at least 300’
indoors and 1,000’ outdoors.MP-70 Battery Operation.
Part C: Bid Forms
h. Battery Operation
1) Furnished with control specific Nickel Metal Hydride (Ni-
MH) battery and charger.
2) Control shall feature a battery charger connection port in
place of a power cord.
3) Audio-visual warning shall alert user when battery has been
discharged to an extremely low level.
4) Battery shall generate a minimum of eight (8) hours of
power before requiring recharge.
5) Battery charger shall be capable of powering the MP-70 if
the battery’s charge is too low to do so.
6) Charger requires 120 VAC power source.
7) Optional Equipment.
8) Furnish padded carrying case.
9) Furnish additional overlays.
10) Furnish spare battery.
7.5 a. General Requirements

OUTDOOR 1) Contract vendor shall work directly with Member’s staff to X
M ARQUEES perform a comprehensive site survey prior to design,
recommendation, or installation of an outdoor marquee.
(1 OR 2 SIDED)
2) One set of as-built drawings shall be provided to the
Member as part of the cost of the marquee. The drawings
shall include site conditions and marquee construction.
3) Onsite training for Member’s designated employees shall
be provided on the proper operation and maintenance of the
installed marquee.
4) All marquees shall meet all applicable exposure guidelines
specified by ASTM standards and state and local codes.
5) Overall marquee design and construction shall allow for
adequate wind load resistance, up to 120 mph.
b. Cabinet Requirements
1) A variety of cabinet heights and widths, constructed of
heavy-duty extruded aluminum, with radius or squared
corners, and also designed in a portrait or landscape format.
2) Cabinet structure shall use rigid, heavy-gauge aluminum
extrusions that are mitered, reinforced and welded. Cabinet
structure shall also use a fully galvanized steel internal
column and base plate.
3) Cabinet shall have a thermally cured enamel paint finish,
available in a variety of standard colors, two-tone designs
and custom colors.
4) Added accessories, such as cowling and trim packages,
shall be painted to match the cabinet.
5) Vandal/graffiti resistant coating for the cabinet shall be
available as an option.
6) Cabinet shall allow for the placement of the facility name,
logo, and appropriate graphics in a variety of sizes, colors
and styles, using a scotch print, thermo printed vinyl
material or similar process that will provide photo-realistic
high UV resistant graphics.
7) As an option, the cabinet may be designed as a sign without
changeable copy, allowing for the placement of the facility
name, logo, and appropriate graphics only.
8) Cabinets shall be made available in a non-illuminated or
illuminated design. Illuminated cabinets shall be lit
internally with high output, energy-efficient florescent
fixtures, with instant start ballast. All writing and internal
components shall meet applicable UL standards. The design
Part C: Bid Forms
will allow for the easy changing of burnt out bulbs, and for
the addition of photoelectric control timer control and/or
simple on/off control.
9) Illumination levels on sign surfaces shall be in the 100 to
300 lux range (10 to 30 foot-candles) and shall be uniform
over sign surface.
10) Cabinets shall be available in a freestanding, low profile,
angle bracket mounted, tower mounted, wall mounted, or
pole mounted configurations.
11) Cabinets shall use tamper proof carriage bolts and nuts.
12) Cabinets shall use thermal cured, solar grade co-extruded
lexan, or similar materials for the sign face and/or cover
doors. The material shall provide face rigidity, depth
dimension, high impact strength, flame retardancy, thermo
formability, light transmittance, and UV resistance.
13) Cabinet cover doors shall be hinged with either single or
double doors.
14) Vandal covers shall be available as an option. Vandal
covers shall use thermally cured, solar grade co-extruded
lexan, or similar material. Vandal covers shall be fabricated
with an extruded aluminum frame, with mechanical props
(with no seals) recessed into the sign face, and secured with
a three-point keyed locking mechanism.
15) Signs shall use a zip track, available in a variety of sizes
including, but not limited to, 3”, 4”, 6”, 8”, 10”, etc. Zip
track shall be available in single or multiple line
configurations and shall be riveted every 3 ½” to assure
permanent attachment.
16) As part of the signs design and the development of the
project’s scope of work, an assortment of letters, numbers
and symbols (available in a variety of fonts, colors, and
sizes), sorting boxes, letter wands, and changer poles
(available in a variety of sizes) shall also be available.
c. Control via Windows based software (standard). Software to

allow for creating, editing, scheduling, running, and deleting
messages. Display software allow for importing of standard
video format, including avi, mpg, mp4, and mov. Display
capable of displaying time, temperature, RSS feeds, and xml
data. Owner to provide windows based computer.
d. Limited Warranty provides for a minimum period of five (5)
years from the
e. Date of invoice against defects in workmanship or material.
Defectivecomponentswillberepairedorreplacedonafactoryexchan
gebasis.Exclusionsinclude, but are not limited to accident,
neglect, abuse, misuse or natural disasters.
7.6 OPTIONAL a. FCC Certified Wireless System.

FEATURES b. Furnished with factory-installed transmitter and antenna. X
c. Each display shall be furnished with factory-installed receiver
and antenna.
d. System shall allow for synchronized operation of two or more
scoreboards from one control operating on the same channel.
e. System shall allow for multiple displays to be operated from a
single control to show the scores of one game or for multiple
displays to be controlled by multiple controls to show scores
from different games simultaneously in progress. These two
modes of operation shall be user selectable at the control with
no access to the displays required.
f. System shall not interfere with wireless LANs and personal
Part C: Bid Forms
computing devices that use the 2.4GHz ISM band.
g. System shall operate normally in the presence of cell phones,
pagers and their transmission towers.
h. System shall utilize spread spectrum technology that
redundantly transmits the same data at least 16 times.
i. Radio-link indicator light shall indicate when transmission link
is operational.
j. System shall refresh display with new data no less than 10 times
per second for smooth and accurate operation of game and shot
clocks, including 1/10 second timing.
k. System shall have a transmission range of at least 300’ indoors
and 1,000’ outdoors.MP-70 Battery Operation.
7.7 a. Control via Windows based software (standard). Software to
allow for creating, editing, scheduling, running, and deleting X
SOFTWARE
SYSTEM messages. Display software allow for importing of standard
REQUIREMENTS video format, including avi, mpg, mp4, and mov. Display
capable of displaying time, temperature, RSS feeds, and xml
data. Owner to provide windows based computer.
b. Scheduling will be made in 12 or 24-hour formats.
c. Scheduler shall reside within the LED display cabinet as an
onboard processor and not require a PC to operate the
messaging schedule.
d. Screen helps will provide excerpts from the Owner’s Manual.
e. Function to prevent unacceptable words to be displayed.
f. Library of words is password protected.
g. Library is fully editable for adding or deleting words.
h. Menu guided control.
i. Simultaneous display and edit capability.
j. Automatic Rebooting of system disk after power outage; system
clock and calendar shall continue to function during power
failure.
k. Password protection capability.
l. Flexibility shall be achieved through system software and
program sequence and schedules, which can be stored on floppy
disk or fixed disk.
m. All operating software will be provided to Owner along with
required usage licenses and software updates.
n. Various Text Modules with scalable fonts and traveling text.
o. Remote or on-site programming with the appropriate
connection.
p. User-friendly menu and icon-based software.
q. Scheduling can be pre-programmed more than 1 year in
advance.
r. Message display holds memory for up to 60 days without
external power.
7.8 POW ER a. The electronic switching power supplies shall be short circuit
protected. The electronic switching power supplies shall also be X
SUPPLIES
protected by an overload allowance ranging from 105% up to
150%.
b. The LED display shall be powered by multiple solid-state
electronic switching power supplies.
c. A separate power supply for the CPU shall be used to isolate the
processor power from the LED drive power.
7.9 a. LED display shall be compatible with the following

INFORMATION Transmission Methods: X
TRANSMISSION 1) Each method shall have specific requirements and shall be
METHOD reviewed and decided upon prior to manufacturing.
OPTIONS
Part C: Bid Forms
7.10 Network a. Direct Data Line using type CAT6 cable.
Connection b. LAN connection utilizing either CAT6 cable or Fiber Optics. X
c. Wireless LAN or RF Modem.
d. Direct Laptop PC connection.
e. Data Line – Run a 1” conduit with pull string per Division 16
specifications from the closest data hub to the sign location.
f. Install data cable as per manufacturer’s requirements.
7.11 Support a. Entire Sign and Footing to be engineered to withstand 120 mph,
Structure for Exposure B. X
Outdoor b. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC
Applications specifications.
c. Columns: Cold-formed steel tubing, ASTM A-500, Grade B.
Powder-coated prior to assembly.
d. Cowling: Galvanized steel panels applied to front and back of
support columns. Powder coating shall be applied prior to
assembly.
e. Base Plates: Cold-rolled plate, ASTM A-36. Steel base plates
welded to column and fastened to footer with anchor bolts.
Plates to contain welded steel gusset plates, as required.
f. Anchor Bolts, Lock Nuts & Washers: Hot-dipped galvanized
steel, ASTM A-36.
g. Unfinished Treated Fasteners: Grade A, Regular low carbon
stainless steel bolts and nuts. ASTM A-307. Provide hexagonal
bolts and nuts.
h. Shop Finish – polyester powder coat finish to achieve 2.0 – 3.0
mils.
i. Reinforcement Bars, Ties & Stirrups: Grade 60, ASTM A-615.
Attach to anchor bolts to create unitized anchoring system.
j. Cast-in Place Concrete: Engineered footing at adequate size and
depth for sign support/wind loads. Mix Design shall be 3000
p.s.i. (Minimum at 28 days, 5 sacks of cement per cu. Yard of
concrete (min.) 6.5 gallons of water per sack (94 lbs.) of cement
(max.). Use CRSI “Manual of Standard Practice”.
k. Portland Cement: Type I or IA, ASTM C-150S.
Part C: Bid Forms
AEPA Form F, Item 7.1r Example
Gold Services
ATTACHMENT A
GOLD® Services
Scope of Services
Services Included
1. Daktronics parts coverage which includes:
1.1. Daktronics Rapid Parts™ Exchange Program for available parts only.
1.2. Repair or replacement of failed electronic parts or assemblies.
1.3. Shipping of repaired or replaced failed electronic components from Daktronics.
2. Technical support via telephone during business hours as defined below.
3. Access to the Service Coordination Center.
Gold shall not include nor be construed to include any service or support that is not expressly stated above in the
definition of the Gold service. Examples of services that are not within the scope of Gold service include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. On-site labor to diagnose and/or replace failed electronic components.
2. Remote monitoring services.
3. After hours telephone support.
Above listed exclusions are available as billable services. Quotes may be provided upon request.
Business Hours:
Monday through Friday, 8 am to 5 pm CST (excludes Daktronics observed holidays).
Purchaser Responsibilities
The items listed below are the responsibility of the Purchaser.
1. Purchaser is responsible for routine operator functions such as content creation or scheduling.
2. Purchaser is responsible for management of customer-owned spare parts inventory.
3. Purchaser is responsible for costs of any on-site labor to diagnose and/or replace failed electronic components.
4. Purchaser is responsible for providing lift access to the display.
5. Purchaser is responsible for the maintenance items listed below; failure to properly maintain equipment may, at
Daktronics’ sole discretion, relieve Daktronics of its responsibilities under the Terms and Conditions of Extended
Service attached hereto.
5.1. Throughout the term of this Agreement, Purchaser shall maintain site conditions within the common
environmental range of all system devices as specified by Daktronics.
5.2. Purchaser is responsible for routine maintenance functions.
5.3. Purchaser is responsible for purchasing and maintaining antivirus software on all control devices connected
to Daktronics equipment. (See Daktronics Knowledge Base for list of supported software. DD2079868
http://www.daktronics.com/Support/KB/Pages/Antivirus-software-recommendations.aspx
®
Gold is a registered Daktronics trademark.
This Service Agreement shall be subject to the attached Terms and Conditions of Extended Service.
Gold Extended Service

Copyright © 2007 Daktronics, Inc. Publication 080714-05659 Page 1 of 3
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EXTENDED SERVICE
1. Scope of Extended Service Agreement . The scope of the Extended Service Agreement (the “Service Agreement”) covers the Equipment
and any Software delivered by Daktronics that is delivered under the terms of a Software License Agreement between Purchas er and
Daktronics, and shall also include those services defined on Attachment A (excluding maintenance services which are the respo nsibility of
Purchaser as defined on Attachment A or services which may be purchased for an additional fee) (the “Services”) . Response Times are
defined on Attachment A.
2. Contract Documents. The parties agree that any subsequently -issued Purchaser form, such as a purchase order, shall incorporate the
terms and conditions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement s hall control in the event of any conflicting provision in
Purchaser’s form.
3. Commencement Date. The Services shall begin upon the date stated as the 'Commencement Date' on the cover page of this
Agreement.
4. Conditions Precedent. Daktronics reserves the right to suspend its performance in the event Purchaser fails to: (a) make payment as
required, (b) maintain the Equipment within the recommended environmental conditions, including but not limited to appropriat e
ventilation/air conditioning for its location (Air conditioning systems must be maintained according to manufacturer’s specifications), or
(c) perform any other obligation including, without limitation, complying with the terms of any Software License Agreement be tween
Purchaser and Daktronics.
5. Payment. Purchaser agrees to pay Daktronics according to the Payment Schedule. Unless otherwise stated, the price is exclusive of
federal, state and local taxes, including without limitation sales, use, excise, privilege, or transactional taxes, but excluding Daktronics’
income tax ('Tax'). Purchaser shall promptly pay upon demand such applicable Tax. Purchaser must present a valid exemption certificate
if it claims any exemption from Tax. Late payments shall accrue interest at the rate of 1.5% per month or the highest amount permitted
by law, whichever is lower.
6. Spare Parts Package. In the event the Equipment was purchased with a spare parts package, the parties acknowled ge and agree that
the spare parts package is designed to exhaust over the life of the Equipment and, as such, the replenishment of the package is not
included in the scope of this Extended Services Agreement.
7. Limitations of Coverage. This Agreement does not cover: (a) service due to: (i) inadequate or improper power, (ii) improper care,
maintenance, storage or use of the Equipment, (iii) a Force Majeure Event, (iv) environmental conditions outside the Equipmen t’s
technical specifications (including, without limitation excessive temperatures, corrosives, and metallic pollutants), or (v) defects or
failures occurring during a lapse in service coverage or (vi) incorporation of accessories, attachments, software or other de vices or
systems not furnished by Daktronics; (b) the provision of replacement communication methods (such as wire, metallic or fiber optic
cable, conduit, trenching or other solutions) for the purpose of overcoming local site interference; (c) LED degradation occu rring within
Daktronics technical specifications (degradation means the LED continues to emit light, but at some lesser level of brightness); (d) p aint
or refinishing the Equipment or furnishing material for this purpose; (e) pixel failure less than a total of .5% of the overa ll display, or in
the case of free form elements, one entire element; (f) electrical work external to the Equipment; (g) batteries; (h) third -party systems
and other ancillary equipment including without limitation front -end video control systems, audio systems, video processors and players,
HVAC equipment, and LCD screens.
8. Actions that Void the Service Agreement . Daktronics shall be under no obligation to continue service under this Agreement if the
Equipment or Software is: (a) moved from its location of initial installation or reinstalled without the prior written approval of Daktronics
(unless the equipment was designed by Daktronics to be mobile or Purchaser has received Daktronics’ prior consent), or (b) im properly
repaired or altered in a manner inconsistent with the Equipment manufacturer’s standards or recommendations.
9. Service Providers. Daktronics may select the parties delivering services under this Agreement at its reasonable discretion.
10. Access to the Equipment. The Purchaser shall provide unfettered, solid, safe and unrestricted access to the Equipment, or (if
requested, any installed Software) taking into account environmental or site conditions. Unless otherwise specified on Attac hment A, the
Purchaser shall be required to pr ovide any lifts or access equipment. Additional equipment or personnel required for safety, as
determined by Daktronics in its reasonable discretion, shall be billed separately on a time and material basis.
11. Adverse Conditions. In no event shall Daktronics be obliged to perform Services under this Agreement during the existence of
Adverse Conditions. 'Adverse Conditions' include without limitation, the following: severe inclement weather, hazardous site conditions
including infestations of animals or dangerous insects, saturated ground conditions, or residence or occupation by unauthorized
personnel. The determination of a site condition as an Adverse Condition shall be at the reasonable discretion of Daktronics .
Inaccessibility due to Adverse Cond itions will exempt a location from coverage under this Agreement until such time as the Equipment
becomes safely accessible once again.
12. Cooperation. Purchaser shall fully cooperate with Daktronics in connection with the service of the Equipment and S oftware. The
Purchaser shall promptly notify Daktronics of Equipment and Software failure. Waiver of liability or other restrictions shall not be
imposed as a requirement prior to accessing the site.

13. Return Items. All items returned to Daktronics must have a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number. For exchange items, the
number is included with the shipment of the exchange unit. For repair items, an RMA number can be obtained by phone (800 -325-8766),
(International +1-605-697-4000), fax (605-697-4444) unless otherwise directed by Daktronics.
14. Shipping. When returning parts to Daktronics for repair or replacement, Purchaser assumes all risk of loss or damage, agrees to use
any shipping containers, which might be provided by Daktronics, and a grees to ship the Equipment in the manner prescribed by
Daktronics. If returning equipment within the United States or within Canada, all Equipment must be returned by Purchaser FO B
Daktronics’ designated facility. If returning equipment across country b orders, all Equipment must be returned by Purchaser DDP
Daktronics’ designated facility per INCOTERMS 2010. Daktronics assumes all risk of loss or damage during return shipment to Purchaser
and such Equipment shall be returned by Daktronics FOB or DDP Pur chaser’s designated facility as appropriate.
15. Confidentiality. To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser shall consider all information furnished by Daktronics, including the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, to be confidential and shall not disclose any such information to any other person, or use such
information itself for any purpose other than fulfillment of this Agreement unless Purchaser first obtains written permission from
Daktronics to do so. Purchaser shall provide confidential in formation only to those of its agents, servants and employees who have been
informed of the requirements of this paragraph and have agreed to be bound by them. The provisions of this paragraph shall s urvive
termination of the Agreement.
16. Default. Daktronics reserves the right to terminate this Agreement and accelerate all amounts due and payable if: (a) Purchaser fails
to make payment to Daktronics within ten days of the agreed payment dates, (b) Purchaser otherwise fails to comply with any m aterial
provision of this Agreement, or (c) any proceeding is filed by or against Purchaser in bankruptcy. Daktronics reserves all i ts rights (both
legal and equitable) under the Agreement, applicable statutes, and the common law. If Purchaser fails to perform any covenant or
obligation under this Agreement or any other Agreement that Purchaser has with Daktronics, including without limitation the f ailure to
pay when due any amounts owed to Daktronics, Daktronics shall be excused from the performance of any of i ts obligations under this
Agreement and any other Agreement it has with the Purchaser. Purchaser shall be liable for any and all costs and expenses (i ncluding
reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by Daktronics in enforcing any provision of this Agreement.
17. Indemnity. Daktronics shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser and their respective subsidiaries, officers, directors,
shareholders, partners, employees, agents, insurers, successors and assigns from any third -party claims for liability, losses, damages,
costs or expenses (collectively, 'Losses') arising out of: (i) any negligent act or omission by Daktronics or its personnel, agents,
subcontractors, or others engaged by Daktronics or under Daktronics’ control related to the execu tion of this Agreement; (ii) any claim
against any indemnified party by reason of or alleging any unauthorized or infringing use by an indemnified party of any pate nt, process,
trade secret, copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property right regard ing the Equipment or the Software and its components; or,
(iii) any fine or assessment with respect to any violation or alleged violation of any Applicable Laws regarding safety or he alth.
The Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Daktronics and its subsidiaries, officers, directors, shareholders, partners,
representatives, employees, agents, insurers, successors and assigns of each of the foregoing from any and all Losses arising out of or in
any way related to: (i) any negligent act or omis sion by the Purchaser or its personnel, agents, subcontractors, or others engaged by the
Purchaser or under their control (other than Daktronics or its personnel, agents, subcontractors, or others engaged by Daktro nics or
under Daktronics’ control), or (ii) any unauthorized or infringing use by an indemnified party of any patent, process, trade secret,
copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property right.
18. Disclaimers; Limitation of Liability. Daktronics makes no representations or warranties und er this Agreement, and Purchaser
acknowledges that this Agreement is subject to all disclaimers and limitations of liability set forth in any purchase terms a nd other
agreements between the parties applicable to the Equipment and Software, including Daktro nics’ Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale,
Software License Agreement and Warranty and Limitation of Liability.
19. Force Majeure. Both parties shall be excused from any liability under this Agreement for any delay in performance or failure to
perform which delay or failure to perform is caused by circumstances which are beyond the reasonable control of that party, including
without limitation acts of God, natural disaster, fire, flood, labor or material shortages, war, vermin, earthquakes, tsunami , acts of
terrorism, etc. (a 'Force Majeure Event').
20. Assignment. Unless otherwise stated, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the
other party.
21. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Services are provided without regard to its
conflict of law principles. This Agreement is the produ ct of negotiations between the parties hereto represented by counsel and any
rules of construction relating to interpretation against the drafter of an Agreement shall not apply to this Agreement a nd are
expressly waived. This Agreement represents the entire Agreement of the parties and supersedes any previous understanding or
Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or altered in any manner except in a writing signed by both parties. This Agre ement
may be executed in counterparts. The Purcha ser and Daktronics are not partners or joint venturers. If any part of this Agreement is in
any manner held to be invalid, illegal, void, or to be in conflict with any law, then the validity of the remaining portions or provisions of
this Agreement shall not be affected, and such part, term, paragraph or provision shall be construed and enforced in a manner designed
to effectuate the intent expressed in this Agreement to the maximum extent permitted by law.

NJ Business Registration Form
All vendors must have a valid Business Registration Certificate (BRC) from the Department of the Treasury,
Division of Revenue prior to conducting business in the State of New Jersey and prior to receiving the award of
a contract with a public entity.
BUSINESS REGl$ TIU.t Q lt CERTIFICA.TE [)( P.UHU9fl i A5'· '!l'r"I

>\.'•SON CI
~CR ~TATE A<;E~CV MID C A5lfi0 SiAVICE COl'HRACTOA •oooii. m
·~c~·°"' •. _,,
TAX:PA"t"ER NAME • TRAC lo Mr
TAIC REGISTRATION TEST A CCOU"1' CLI 4l Sl RA l
TAXPAYER IOENTIFICATIOtl11: SEQL E lJMBER
970o097-3fiJ~ 0101:
"""'""'SS· ISSUANCE O.A1E·

• lLINGAI
l'Rt. • •...lff NJ Q8f
' VE DA
G11i.
<C(OI' ••
STATE OF NEW JERSEY

BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE
lt47 ROELn.11'.G :\ vr.

TR L1'. rf01\.' . NJ 08<> 1I
Ctr1ilk:11e ~umber:
.-urom~ t !st Only:
21104101..JI J282J5.33
For more information on how to obtain a Business Registration Certificate, please visit the State of New Jersey,
Department of Treasury, Division of Revenue and Enterprise Services website at:
http://www.state.nj .us/treasury/revenue/busregcert.shtml. A valid Business Registration Certificate must be
provided to the MRESC before the award of a contract can be made.
Form.AJ\302 STATE OF NEW .JERSEY
R.llv. ll/ 11 Division of Purch•- A~
Contnct Compli..nce' Audit Unit
EEO Monitoring p,..._,
EMPLOYEE INFORMATION REPORT
IMl'ORTAllT-AEAD INSTIIUCTIONS CIJID'Ul.LY llEFOffE CilMPLrnNG FOAM. Fl.1URE TO PROPERLY COMPUTE THE ENTllE FOllr.6 AN> TO SUBMIT TH£ REQUI~
$1Sil.llO F££ MAY DELAY ISSUANCE OF 'tOUR CERTIFICAJE. DO NOT SIJBMIT R0-1 IHPORT FOii 5£CTION ~ IT9.I 11. F0< lnwuct;ons on cample<ing 1hc lorm, 90 to:
httpJ--~Conll'Kt ~nc.,.pdl/oaJI02iroo.pdf
SECTION A - COMPANY IDENllFICATION

l. l'ID. NO. Oii. SOCIAL Sl!ClJlUlY 2. TYP!! 01' JIOSINZSS J. TOTAL>IO. D.!Pl.O= IN TBl! ~
0 1. NJIG 0 l . SEJLVICI! 0 l . WHOUSAI.J! COMPANY
D 4. nTAIL D 5. O'nD!Jl
5. SnaT
STAT!. ZIP C:OD:!!.
& gr Mmn='sranrmnmrr ?MpJgyn, sra.xr mz- :z,,.3J?e.mn or ctT!"'1SHMJl'NT'$ mm I I

STAT!!!. ZllP C:ODl!.
Ofiriel UyQ* OAJ"FVCfWPD
11• ._.,.oi--, --~-._ra,- ONYOllll.OWNPAYILOl.L

AN~~pm1inla<~. -·
SF<TJON B - FMPI
..... !:acliadioALL~--.-Jut-m~c--s.U..C:O-... l.l.

----=-fi-•-
oyMFNT DATA
all Do•-4ia .0 oohmuu. "llo'loon - . . , .

"'~- DONOrSVllMIT
.. ........--· ·- ......................
_ JOll
CA:TBOOlllES
Olli.-W--
T-.1...,_
w.........,
..
<:<>l..l
TOTAL
(Cat..2 "'3)
oOI..;<
~
1 ""'4 ~
~
.&=
ill.T .
....
.. -.. lllAl.S•·····················
~
IRi<DANJC
NON
ASLUf llmil. lllACK
....F_... ... ,
HISPANIC INDL\N
AMl!l!..
A5UIN
h"ON
)d!N.
Olli. . a a-..
c-
(SH!ed)
o...-n-
Cs-.i11dlledl
..__
--
( u..l&ill.oQ
'JOTAL
T_ _......,_
-...--
• -c;,-1
y _ _ , .....,. ne ctAta below wn NOT be 111c1:1acl~d.1n the ligmH far the approprUm c.~os abcr\-e.
T-•~ I
12. HOW "llo'A.S JNl'OQ.illlION AS TO llAa Oi'.l!.THNIC GILOOP IN SEClION JI OBTA!Nnl I 4 . ts THIS THI! l'l1SI' 15. ill' :NO. IlATI! LAS!'
0 1. v-.....is-..y o 2. ~:it.......r o l . ~ ($'pocify) E:m:pto)._ lilfannmaa '.UPOllT St1JIMlTTl!D
J:.pczt_,
,..,._,
13. OAn!S Ol' PAYILOLL Pl!lllOD USZD MOrAT~
Ta< l.YE>r 2. NOI
KCT10111 C- SICllATUAE MIO IDOITlflCATIOlll
17. AODllESS NO. 6cST1U!lrr
To download the AA-302 form, click this link:

http://www.state.nj.us/treasury/contract compliance/pdf/aa302.pdf
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THE
EMPLOYEE INFORMATION REPORT (FORM AA302)
IMPORTANT: READ THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE FORM .
PRINT OR TYPE ALL INFORMATION. FAILURE TO PROPERLY COMPLETE THE ENTIRE FORM AND TO
SUBMIT THE REQUIRED $150.00 NON-REFUNDABLE FEE MAY DELAY ISSUANCE OF YOUR CERTIFICATE . IF
YOU HAVE A CURRENT CERTIFICATE OF EMPLOYEE INFORMATION REPORT, DO NOT COMPLETE THIS
FORM UNLESS YOUR ARE RENEWING A CERTIFICATE THAT IS DUE FOR EXPIRATION. DO NOT COMPLETE
THIS FORM FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AWARDS.
ITEM 1 - Enter the Federal Identification Number assigned by ITEM 11 - Enter the appropriate figures on all lines and in all
the Internal Revenue Service, or if a Federal Employer columns. THIS SHALL ONLY INCLUDE EMPLOYMENT
Identification Number has been applied for, or if your DATA FROM THE FACILITY THAT IS BEING AWARDED
business is such that you have not or will not receive a THE CONTRACT. DO NOT list the same employee in more
Federal Employer Identification Number, enter the Social than one job category. DO NOT attach an EE0-1 Report.
Security Number of the owner or of one partner, in the case
of a partnership. Racial/Ethnic Groups will be defined:
Black: Not of Hispanic origin. Persons having orig in in any of
ITEM 2 - Check the box a ppropriate to your TYPE OF the Black racial groups of Africa.
BUSINESS. If you are engaged in more than one type of Hispanic: Persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, or
business check the predominate one. If you are a Central or South American or other Spanish culture or origin,
manufacturer deriving more than 50% of your receipts from regardless of race.
your own retai l outlets, check "Retai l''. American Indian or Alaskan Native: Persons having origins
in any of the original peoples of North America, and who
ITEM 3 - Enter the total "number" of employees in the entire maintain cultural identification through tribal affiliation or
company, including part-time employees. This number shall community recognition.
include all facilities in the entire firm or corporation. Asian or Pacific Islander: Persons having origin in any of
the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the
ITEM 4 - Enter the name by wh ich the company is identified. Indian Sub-continent or the Pacific Islands. This area
If there is more than one company name, enter the includes for example, China, Japan, Korea, the Phillippine
predominate one. Islands and Samoa.
Non-Minority: Any Persons not identified in any of the
ITEM 5 - Enter the physical location of the company. Include aforementioned Racial/Ethnic Groups.
City, County, State and Zip Code.
ITEM 12 - Check the appropriate box. If the race or ethnic
ITEM 6 - Enter the name of any parent or affiliated company group information was not obtained by 1 or 2, specify by what
including the City, County, State and Zip Code. If there is other means th is was done in 3.
none, so indicate by entering "None" or NIA.
ITEM 13 - Enter the dates of the payroll period used to
ITEM 7 - Check the box appropriate to your type of company prepare the employment data presented in Item 12.
establishment. "Single-establishment Employer" shall include
an employer whose business is conducted at only one ITEM 14 - If this is the first time an Employee Information
physical location. "Multi-establishment Employer" shall Report has been submitted for this company, check block
include an employer whose business is conducted at more "Yes".
than one location.
ITEM 15 - If the answer to Item 15 is "No", enter the date
ITEM 8 - If "Multi-establishment" was entered in item 8, enter when the last Employee Information Report was submitted by
the number of establishments within the State of New Jersey. this company.
ITEM 9 - Enter the total number of employees at the ITEM 16 - Print or type the name of the person completing
establishment being awarded the contract. the form. Include the sig nature, title and date.
ITEM 10 - Enter the name of the Public Agency awarding the ITEM 17 - Enter the physical location where the form is being
contract. Include City, County, State and Zip Code. This is completed . Include City, State, Zip Code and Phone Number.
not applicable if you are renewing a current Certificate.
TYPE OR PRINT IN SHARP BALL POINT PEN

THE VENDOR TS TO COMPLETE THE EMPLOYEE INFORMATION REPORT FORM (AA302) AND RETAIN A COPY FOR TH E
VENDOR 'S OWN FlLES. THE VENDOR SHOULD ALSO SUBM IT A COPY TO THE PUBLIC AGENCY AWARDfNG THE CONTRACT
IF THIS IS YOUR FIRST REPORT; AND FORWARD ONE COPY WITH A C HECK IN THE AMOUNT OF $150.00 PAYABL E TO
THE TREASURE R, STA TE OF NEW .JERSEYCfEE IS 'O N-REFUNDABLE) TO:
NJ Department of the Treasury
Division of Purchase & Property
Contract Compliance Audit Unit
EEO Monitoring Program
P.O. Box 206
Trenton, New Jersey 08625-0206 Telephone No. (609) 292-5473
RETURN WITH BID
(REVISED 4 I 10)
EXHIBIT A
MANDATORY EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY LANGUAGE

N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 et seq. (P.L. 1975, C. 127)
N .J .A.C. 1 7:27
GOODS, PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AND GENERAL SERVICE CONTRACTS
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, will not discriminate against

any employee or applicant for employment because of age, race, cr eed, color, national
origin, ancestry, marital status, affectional or sexual orientation, gender identity or
expression, disability, nationality or sex. Except with respect to affectional or sexual
orientation and gender identity or expression, the contractor will ensure that equal
employment opportu nity is afforded to such applicants in recruitment and
employment, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to
their age, race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, affectional or
sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, disability, nationality or sex. Such
equal employment opportunity shall include, but not be limited to the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for
training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous
places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided
by the Public Agency Compliance Officer setting forth provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause.
The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable will, in all solicitations or

advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all
qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to age,
race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, affectional or sexual
orientation, gender identity or expression, disability, nationality or sex.
The contractor or subcontractor will send to each labor union , with which it has
a collective bargaining agreement, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting
officer , advising the labor union of the contractor's commitments under this chapter
and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and
applicants for employment.
The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, agrees to comply with any

regulations promulgated by the Treasurer pursuant to N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 et seq., as
amended and supplemented from time to time and the Americans with Disabilities
Act.
The contractor or subcontractor agrees to make good faith efforts to meet

targeted county employment goals established in accordance with N.J.A.C. 17:27-5.2.
C. 271 POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE FORM
Contractor Instructions
Business entities (contractors) receiving contracts from a public agency that are NOT awarded pursuant to
a "fair and open" process (defined at N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.7) are subject to the provisions of P.L. 2005, c.
271, s. 2 (N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26). This law provides that 10 days prior to the award of such a contract,
the contractor shall disclose contributions to:
• any State, county, or municipal committee of a political party
• any legislative leadership committee*'
• any continuing political committee (a.k.a., political action committee)
• any candidate committee of a candidate for, or holder of, an elective office:
o of the public entity awarding the contract
o of that county in which that public entity is located
o of another public entity within that county
o or of a legislative district in which that public entity is located or, when the public
entity is a county, of any legislative district which includes all or part of the county
The disclosure must list reportable contributions to any of the committees that exceed $300 per election
cycle that were made during the 12 months prior to award of the contract. See N .J.S.A. 19:44A-8 and
19:44A-l 6 for more details on reportable contributions.
N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26 itemizes the parties from whom contributions must be disclosed when a business
entity is not a natural person. This includes the following:
• individuals with an "interest" ownership or control of more than 10% of the profits or assets
of a business entity or 10% of the stock in the case of a business entity that is a corporation
for profit
• all principals, partners, officers, or directors of the business entity or their spouses
• any subsidiaries directly or indirectly controlled by the business entity
• IRS Code Section 527 New Jersey based organizations, directly or indirectly controlled by
the business entity and filing as continuing political committees, (PACs)
When the business entity is a natural person, "a contribution by that person's spouse or child, residing
therewith, shall be deemed to be a contribution by the business entity." [N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26(b)]. The
contributor must be listed on the disclosure.
Any business entity that fails to comply with the disclosure provisions shall be subject to a fine imposed
by ELEC in an amount to be determined by the Commission which may be based upon the amount that
the business entity failed to report.
The enclosed list of agencies is provided to assist the contractor in identifying those public agencies
whose elected official and/or candidate campaign committees are affected by the disclosure requirement.
It is the contractor's responsibility to identify the specific committees to which contributions may have
been made and need to be disclosed. The disclosed information may exceed the minimum requirement.
The enclosed form, a content-consistent facsimile, or an electronic data file containing the required details
(along with a signed over sheet) may be used as the contractor' s submission and is disclosable to the
public under the Open Public Records Act.
1
N.J.S.A. 19:44A-3(s): ''The term " legislative leadership committee" means a committee established, authorized to
be established, or designated by the President of the Senate, the Minority Leader of the Senate, the Speaker of the
General Assembly or the Minority Leader of the General Assembly pursuant to section 16 of P.L. 1993, c. 65 (C.
19:44A-10. l ) for the purpose ofreceiving contributions and making expenditures."
The contractor must also complete the attached Stockholder Disclosure Certification. This will assist the
agency in meeting its obligations under the law. NOTE: This section does not apply to Board of
Education contracts.
P.L. 2005, c. 271

(Unofficial version, Assembly Committee Substitute to A-3013, First Reprint*)
AN ACT authorizing units of local government to impose limits on political contributions by contractors and
supplementing Title 40A of the New Jersey Statutes and Title 19 of the Revised Statutes.
BE IT ENACTED by the Senate and General Assembly of the State of New Jersey:
40A:ll-511. a. A county, municipality, independent authority, board of education, or fire district is hereby
authorized to establish by ordinance, resolution or regulation, as may be appropriate, measures limiting the
awarding of public contracts there from to business entities that have made a contribution pursuant to P.L. 1973,
c. 83 (C. 19:44A-l et seq.) and limiting the contributions that the holders of a contract can make during the term
of a contract, notwithstanding the provisions and parameters of sections 1through12 of P.L. 2004, c. 19 (C.
19:44A-20.2 et al.) and section 22 of P.L. 1973, c. 83 (C. 19:44A-22).
b. The provisions of P.L. 2004, c. 19 shall not be construed to supersede or preempt any ordinance, resolution or
regulation of a unit of local government that limits political contributions by business entities performing or
seeking to perform government contracts. Any ordinance, resolution or regulation in effect on the effective date
of P.L. 2004, c. 19 shal1 remain in effect and those adopted after that effective date shall be valid and enforceable.
c. An ordinance, resolution or regulation adopted or promulgale<l as provided in this section shall be filed
with the Secretary of State.
52:34-25 2. a. Not later than 10 days prior to entering into any contract having an anticipated value in excess of
$17,500, except for a contract that is required by law to be publicly advertised for bids, a State agency, county,
municipality, independent authority, board of education, or fire district shall require any business entity bidding
thereon or negotiating therefor, to submit along with its bid or price quote, a list of political contributions as set
forth in this subsection that are reportable by the recipient pursuant to the provisions of P.L. 1973, c. 83
(C.19:44A-l et seq.) and that were made by the business entity during the preceding 12 month period, along with
the date and amount of each contribution and the name of the recipient of each contribution. A business entity
contracting with a State agency shall disclose contributions to any State, county, or municipal committee of a
political party, legislative leadership committee, candidate committee of a candidate for, or holder of, a State
elective office, or any continuing political committee. A business entity contracting with a county, municipality,
independent authority, other than an independent authority that is a State agency, board of education, or fire
district shall disclose contributions to: any State, county, or municipal committee of a political party; any
legislative leadership committee; or any candidate committee of a candidate for, or holder of, and elective office
of that public entity, of that county in which that public entity is located, of another public entity within that
county, or of a legislative district in which that public entity is located or, when the public entity is a county, of
any legislative district which includes all or part of the county, or any continuing political committee.
The provisions of this section shall not apply to a contract when a public emergency requires the immediate
delivery of goods or services.
b. When a business entity is a natural person, a contribution by that person's spouse or child, residing therewith,
shall be deemed to be a contribution by the business entity. When a business entity is other than a natural person,
a contribution by any person or other business entity having an interest therein shall be deemed to be a
contribution by the business entity. When a business entity is other than a natural person, a contribution by: all
principals, partners, officers, or directors of the business entity or their spouses; any subsidiaries directly or
indirectly controlled by the business entity; or any political organization organized under section 527 of the
Internal Revenue Code that is directly or indirectly controlled by the business entity, other than a candidate
committee, election fund, or political party committee, shall be deemed to be a contribution by the business entity.
c. As used in this section:
"business entity" means a natural or legal person, business corporation, professional services corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, limited partnership, business trust, association or any other legal commercial entity
organized under the laws of this State or of any other state or foreign jurisdiction;
"interest" means the ownership or control of more than 10% of the profits or assets of a business entity of 10% of
the stock in the case of a business entity that is a corporation for profit, as appropriate; and
P.L. 2005, c. 271
"State agency" means any of the principal departments in the Executive Branch of the State Government, and any
division, board, bureau, office, commission or other instrumentality within or created by such department, the
Legislature of the State and any office, board, bureau or commission within or created by the Legislative Branch,
and any independent State authority, commission, instrumentality or agency.
d. Any business entity that fails to comply with the provisions of this section shall be subject to a fine imposed by
the New Jersey Election Law Enforcement Commission in an amount to be determined by the commission which
may be based upon the amount that the business entity failed to report.
19:44A-20.13 3. a. Any business entity making a contribution of money or any other thing of value, including an
in-kind contribution, or pledge to make a contribution of any kind to a candidate for or the holder of any public
office having ultimate responsibility for the awarding of public contracts, or to a political party committee,
legislative leadership committee, political committee or continuing political committee, which has received in any
calendar year $50,000 or more in the aggregate through agreements or contracts with a public entity, shall file an
annual disclosure statement with the New Jersey Election Law Enforcement Commission, established pursuant to
section 5 of P.L. 1973, c. 83 (C. 19:44A-5), setting forth all such contributions made by the business entity during
the 12 months prior to the reporting deadline.
b. The commission shall prescribe forms and procedures for the reporting required in subsection a. of this section
which shall include, but not be limited to:
(1) the name and mailing address of the business entity making the contribution, and the amount contributed
during the 12 months prior to the reporting deadline;
(2) the name of the candidate for or the holder of any public office having ultimate responsibility for the awarding
of public contracts, candidate committee, joint candidates committee, political party committee, legislative
leadership committee, political committee or continuing political committee receiving the contribution; and
(3) the amount of money the business entity received from the public entity through contract or agreement, the
dates, and information identifying each contract or agreement and describing the goods, services or equipment
provided or property sold.
c. The commission shall maintain a list of such reports for public inspection both at its office and through its
Internet site.
d. When a business entity is a natural person, a contribution by that person' s spouse or child, residing therewith,
shall be deemed to be a contribution by the business entity. When a business entity is other than a natural person,
a contribution by any person or other business entity having an interest therein shall be deemed to be a
contribution by the business entity. When a business entity is other than a natural person, a contribution by: all
principals, partners, officers, or directors of the business entity, or their spouses; any subsidiaries directly or
indirectly controlled by the business entity; or any political organization organized under section 527 of the
Internal Revenue Code that is directly or indirectly controlled by the business entity, other than a candidate
committee, election fund, or political party committee, shall be deemed to be a contribution by the business entity.
As used in this section:
"Business entity" means a natural or legal person, business corporation, professional services corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, limited partnership, business trust, association or any other legal commercial entity
organized under the laws of this State or of any other state or foreign j urisdiction; and
"Interest" means the ownership or control of more than 10% of the profits or assets of a business entity or 10% of
the stock in the case of a business entity that is a corporation for profit, as appropriate.
e. Any business entity that fails to comply with the provisions of this section shall be subject to a fine imposed by
the New Jersey Election Law Enforcement Commission in an amount to be determined by the commission which
may be based upon the amount that the business entity failed to report.
4. This act shall take effect immediately.
*Note: Bold italicized statutory references of new sections are anticipated and not final as of the time this
document was prepared. Statutory compilations of N.J.S.A. l 8A: l 8A-5 l is anticipated to show a reference to
N.J.S.A. 40:1 1-51 and to N.J.S.A. 52:34-25.
APPENDIX A
AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990
Equal Opportunity for Individuals with Disability
The contractor and the Middlesex Regional Educational Services Commission (hereafter "owner")
do hereby agree that the provisions of Title 11 of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "Act")
(42 U.S.C. S121 01 et seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability by public entities in
all services, programs, and activities provided or made available by public entities, and the rules and
regulations promulgated pursuant there unto, are made a part of this contract. In providing any aid,
benefit, or service on behalf of the owner pursuant to this contract, the contractor agrees that the
performance shall be in strict compliance with the Act. In the event that the contractor, its agents, servants,
employees, or subcontractors violate or are alleged to have violated the Act during the performance of this
contract, the contractor shall defend the owner in any action or administrative proceeding commenced
pursuant to this Act. The contractor shall indemnify, protect, and save harmless the owner, its agents,
servants, and employees from and against any and all suits, claims, losses, demands, or damages, of
whatever kind or nature arising out of or claimed to arise out of the alleged violation. The contractor shall,
at its own expense, appear, defend, and pay any and all charges for legal services and any and all costs and
other expenses arising from such action or administrative proceeding or incurred in connection therewith.
In any and all complaints brought pursuant to the owner's grievance procedure, the contractor agrees to
abide by any decision of the owner which is rendered pursuant to said grievance procedure. If any action
or administrative proceeding results in an award of damages against the owner, or if the owner incurs any
expense to cure a violation of the ADA which has been brought pursuant to its grievance procedure, the
contractor shall satisfy and discharge the same at its own expense.
The owner shall, as soon as practicable after a claim has been made against it, give written notice
thereof to the contractor along with full and complete particulars of the claim, If any action or
administrative proceeding is brought against the owner or any of its agents, servants, and employees, the
owner shall expeditiously forward or have forwarded to the contractor every demand, complaint, notice,
summons, pleading, or other process received by the owner or its representatives.
It is expressly agreed and understood that any approval by the owner of the services provided by
the contractor pursuant to this contract will not relieve the contractor of the obligation to comply with the
Act and to defend, indemnify, protect, and save harmless the owner pursuant to this paragraph.
It is further agreed and understood that the owner assumes no obligation to indemnify or save
harmless the contractor, its agents, servants, employees and subcontractors for any claim which may arise
out of their performance of this Agreement. Furthermore, the contractor expressly understands and agrees
that the provisions of this indemnification clause shall in no way limit the contractor's obligations assumed
in this Agreement, nor shall they be construed to relieve the contractor from any liability, nor preclude the
owner from taking any other actions available to it under any other provisions of the Agreement or
otherwise at law.
$>tate of .f!eb.1 JI ersep
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
CHRIS CHRISTIE DIVISION OF PURCHASE A D PROPERTY ANDREW P. SIDAMO -ERISTOFF
Governor OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR State Treasurer
33 WEST STATE STREET
P.O. BOX 0 39
KIM GAUDAG 0 TRE TO , EW JERSEY 08625-0039 JIG lASA DESAI-MCCLEARY
Lt. Governor Director
Telephone (609) 292-4886 / Facsimile (609) 984-2575
The following list represents entities determined, based on credible information available to the public, to be
engaged in prohibited activities in Iran pursuant to P.L. 2012, c. 25 ("Chapter 25"):
1. Amon a 20. Liquefied Natural Gas Limited

2. Bank Saderat PLC 21 . Maire Tecnimont SpA
3. Bank Sepah 22. Naftiran lntratrade Company (NICO)
4. Bank Markazi Iran (Central Bank of Iran) 23. National Iranian Tanker Company (NITC)
5. Bank Mellat 24. Oil and Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC)
6. Bank Melli Iran 25. Oil India Limited
7. Bank Tejarat 26. Panvu Chu Konq Steel Pipe Company, Ltd.
8. Belaz 27. Persia International Bank -
9. Belneftkhim (Belarusneft) 28. PetroChina Company, Ltd.
10. China International United Petroleum &Chemicals Co., Ltd. 29. Petroleos de Venezuela (PDVSA Petroleo, SA)
(Unipec)
11 . China National Offshore Oil Corporation (CNOOC) 30. Sameh Afzar Tajak Company (SATCO)
12. China National Petroleum Corporation (CNPC) 31. Schwing America, Inc.
13. China National United Oil Corporation (ChinaOil) 32. Shandong FIN CNC Machine Company, Ltd.
14. China Petroleum &Chemical Corporation (Sinopec) 33. Sinohydro
15. China Precision Machinery Import-Export Corp. (CPMIEC) 34. SK Energy
16. Grimley Smith Associates 35. SKS Ventu res
17. Indian Oil Corporation 36. Som Petrol AS
18. lndustrija Nafte (INA) 37. Sonangol
19. Kinqdream PLC 38. Zhuhai Zhenrong Company
List Date: January 31, 2014

Daktronics Response 8 2019 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Daktronics Response 8 2019 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Table of Contents

Additional Information Requested in Part A, Terms and Conditions:

Additional Information Requested in Part B, Scoreboards & Marquee Signage:

 Per Page 12, item 8, Required Categorical Response:

 Financially stable - Publicly traded under the symbol DAKT

No other manufacturer offers such a complete line of electronic scoreboards and

Daktronics utilizes subcontractors in many geographic areas for installation services.

Smith-Cotton High School

Westfield High School

Permit Number 30651300 is Valid

Start Date: 06/01/1975

DAKTRONICS, INC. 1000001564 CSLB:801759 06/30/2016

DAKTRONICS, INC. 1000001564 CSLB:801759 06/16/2015 06/30/2016

Sam Brownback, Governor

TRANSACTION ID CONFIRMATION NUMBER

TAX CLEARANCE VALID THROUGH <EXPIRE_DT>

Authentication number: 115267

I, Elaine N. Walker, Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, do

BALL STRIKE OUT

IN-THE-BOX SCOREBOARD &

(2 weeks + 1 day minimum lead time)

T-7078 DOMESTIC TP CART PC-2001-13 (INDOOR)

HOME PERIOD GUEST

WWW.DAKTRONICS.COM E-MAIL: SALES@DAKTRONICS.COM

LARGE SPORT VENUE

MOBILE AND MODULAR

SCHOOLS AND THEATRES

THEATRE AND ARENA

INTELLIGENT MESSAGE SYSTEMS

MASS TRANSIT AND PARKING

CONTACT US: www.daktronics.com 1.800.DAKTRONICS

SCORING AND TIMING SYSTEMS

CONTACT US: www.daktronics.com 1.800.DAKTRONICS

9. Shipping & Handling:

No. Responsibilities of an AEPA Vendor Partner Yes No

1 Designate and assign a dedicated senior-level contract manager (one

Form C. Question 3.d.

Training options offered include:

 Show Control System Web Seminar

 Association of Educational Purchasing Cooperatives (2/28/2016)

Form C. Question 10.

Daktronics also offers support

Available 7:30 a.m. to 7 p.m.

Each operator/technician has extensive experience

Tiered Service Plans

201 Daktronics Drive, PO Box 5128, Brookings, SD 57006

SPECIALIZED FINANCING FOR

1. Provides maximum flexibility and streamlined approvals

Financing is available for transactions of $25,000 and above.

KEY POINTS FOR PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS:

KEY POINTS FOR PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS:

PUBLIC & PRIVATE SCHOOLS

Customer still has 66% of five-year budget available

Equipment needed $400,000

Customer still has 68.5% of five-year budget available

CHOOSE AN OPTION THAT FITS YOU.

MUNICIPAL PAYMENT SOLUTIONS

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

How long does approval take?

How do I get my display system?

Do I have to pay taxes?

Am I required to provide insurance?

Can I pay off my payment solutions early?